1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20635 53532 475198 0))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20641 21435 927560 0))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20627 5636 279161
996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
998 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
999 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1000 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1001 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1002 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1005 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1006 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1007 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1010 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1011 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1012 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1013 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1017 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1022 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1023 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1024 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1034 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1035 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1036 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1037 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1038 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1039 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1041 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1043 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1044 Toggle checking of appointments.
1045 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1046 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1052 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1053 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1054 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20627 5636
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1058 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1059 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1060 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1061 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1063 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1064 kind of objects to search.
1066 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1080 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1082 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1083 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1084 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1085 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1086 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1087 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1089 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1090 noninteractive functions.
1092 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1093 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1095 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1096 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1100 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1101 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1103 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1105 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1106 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1107 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1108 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1112 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1118 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1120 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1122 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1123 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1124 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1125 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1126 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1130 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1131 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1137 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1138 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1139 names and values of properties.
1141 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1143 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1145 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1146 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1147 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1148 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1149 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1150 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1152 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1153 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1154 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1155 documentation strings.
1157 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1159 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1163 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20647
1164 ;;;;;; 7990 336071 0))
1165 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1167 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1168 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1169 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1170 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1171 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1172 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1174 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1175 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1178 \\{archive-mode-map}
1180 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1184 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20533 49334 755743
1186 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1188 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1189 Major mode for editing arrays.
1191 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1192 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1193 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1195 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1197 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1198 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1199 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1201 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1202 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1203 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1204 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1207 Variables you assign:
1208 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1209 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1210 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1211 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1212 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1213 row numbers in the buffer.
1215 Variables which are calculated:
1216 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1217 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1219 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1220 take a numeric prefix argument):
1222 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1223 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1224 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1225 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1227 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1232 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1233 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1234 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1235 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1237 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1238 between that of point and mark.
1240 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1241 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1243 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1244 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1245 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1246 newlines inside rows)
1248 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1250 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20627
1257 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
1258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1260 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1262 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1263 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1264 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1266 How to quit Artist mode
1268 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1271 How to submit a bug report
1273 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1276 Drawing with the mouse:
1279 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1280 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1284 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1287 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1316 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1321 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1322 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1323 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1324 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1327 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1328 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1329 overwrite means the opposite.
1331 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1332 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1333 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1335 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1337 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1338 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1340 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1341 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1342 are currently drawing something.
1344 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1348 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1349 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1354 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1356 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1358 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1360 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1362 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1363 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1365 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1370 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1371 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1372 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1373 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1374 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1375 When pasting: Pastes
1377 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1379 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1381 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1382 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1383 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1384 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1385 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1386 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1391 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1392 of the line/poly-line
1394 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1395 of the line/poly-line
1400 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1402 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1406 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1408 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1409 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1411 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1412 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1413 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1414 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1415 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1417 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1418 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1419 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1420 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1421 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1426 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1427 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1429 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1430 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1431 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1432 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1433 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1434 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1435 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1436 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1437 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1438 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1439 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1440 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1441 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1442 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1443 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1444 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1445 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1446 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1447 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1451 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20627
1463 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1466 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1467 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1468 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1470 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1472 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1473 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1475 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1476 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1478 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1479 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1481 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1491 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1494 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1495 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1496 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1499 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1504 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
1505 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1507 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1508 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1511 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1513 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1514 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1519 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1520 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1521 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1522 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1523 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1524 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1525 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1526 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1530 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1531 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1532 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1533 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1535 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1539 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1541 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1544 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1546 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1548 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1549 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1554 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1555 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1556 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1558 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1565 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
1566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1568 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1569 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1576 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1579 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1580 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1581 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1586 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1587 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1588 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1590 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1592 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1593 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1594 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1597 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1599 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1601 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1602 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1607 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1608 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1615 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1616 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
1617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1665 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1666 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1667 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1670 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1671 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1676 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1677 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1680 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1681 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1682 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1686 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1689 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1690 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1694 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1695 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1697 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1698 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1700 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1701 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1702 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1703 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1704 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1706 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1707 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1708 writing before you save the file!
1710 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1714 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1715 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1717 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1718 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1722 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1723 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1724 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1755 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1756 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1759 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1760 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1761 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1763 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1765 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1767 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1768 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1769 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1770 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1772 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1773 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1774 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1776 Effects of the different modes:
1777 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1778 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1779 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1780 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1781 a random distance & direction.
1782 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1783 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1784 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1786 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1788 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1789 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1790 definition of \"random distance\".)
1792 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1796 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1797 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1799 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1801 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1808 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1809 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1810 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1813 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1815 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1817 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1818 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1823 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1824 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1825 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1832 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1833 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20627 5636 279161
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1871 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1880 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1881 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1882 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1883 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1885 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1887 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1888 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1890 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1892 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1893 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1894 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1895 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1897 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1898 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1899 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1900 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1901 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1903 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1904 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1907 Special information:
1909 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1911 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1912 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1913 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1914 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1915 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1916 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1917 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1918 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1919 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1920 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1921 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1923 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1924 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1925 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1926 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1927 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1928 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1929 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1930 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1932 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1934 ----------------------------------------------------------
1935 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1936 if that value is non-nil.
1942 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1943 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1944 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1945 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1946 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1947 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1948 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1949 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1950 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1951 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1952 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1953 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1955 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1959 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1960 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
1961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1963 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1964 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1970 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1971 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1975 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1976 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1978 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1979 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1980 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1982 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1987 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1996 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20627
1997 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2000 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2002 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2006 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2007 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2008 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2009 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2010 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2015 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2016 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2019 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2022 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2023 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2025 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2026 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2028 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2029 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2030 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2031 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2032 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2033 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2037 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2039 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2040 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2041 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2042 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2044 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2045 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2046 denoted by the letter `R'.
2048 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2049 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2050 denoted by the letter `H'.
2052 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2055 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2056 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2057 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2058 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2059 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2060 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2063 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2064 degree deflection it causes.
2067 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2070 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2077 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2078 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2084 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2091 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2092 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2093 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2094 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2095 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2096 emerging from the box.
2098 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2105 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2116 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2117 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2118 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2119 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2120 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
2121 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2123 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2124 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2126 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2127 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2128 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2129 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2130 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2131 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2132 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2134 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2135 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2136 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2138 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2139 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2140 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2141 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2142 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2145 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2146 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2147 yank successive words.
2149 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2150 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2151 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2152 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2153 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2155 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2156 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2157 the list of bookmarks.)
2159 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2161 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2162 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2163 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2164 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2165 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2168 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2169 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2170 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2171 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2173 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2174 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2176 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2177 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2178 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2180 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2182 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2183 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2188 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2190 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2191 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2192 after a bookmark was set in it.
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2196 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2197 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2199 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2200 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2202 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2204 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2207 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2208 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2211 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2212 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2213 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2215 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2216 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2219 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2223 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2225 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2226 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2227 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2230 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2232 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2233 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2235 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2236 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2237 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2238 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2239 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2240 probably because we were called from there.
2242 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2245 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2246 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2251 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2252 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2253 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2256 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2257 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2258 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2259 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2260 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2262 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2263 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2264 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2265 `bookmark-default-file'.
2267 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2269 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2270 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2271 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2272 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2273 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2276 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2277 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2278 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2279 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2280 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2283 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2284 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2285 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2286 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2288 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2291 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2292 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2293 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2294 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2298 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2300 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2302 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2303 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2307 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2309 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2314 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2315 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2316 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2317 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2318 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2319 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2320 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2321 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2637 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2677 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20627 5636
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2721 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2722 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2723 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2724 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20656 14464 753081 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20533
2845 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20533 49334
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2867 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2881 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2882 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2883 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20627
2884 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2886 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2888 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2894 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2896 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2899 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2901 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2908 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2910 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2911 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2913 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2915 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 This is most useful in the X window system.
2918 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2919 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2924 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2925 See calc-keypad for details.
2927 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2930 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2935 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2940 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2942 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2945 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2946 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2951 Define Calc function.
2953 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2954 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2955 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2957 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2958 actual Lisp function name.
2960 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2962 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2964 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2968 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20533
2969 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
2970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2972 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2979 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20627
2980 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
2981 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2983 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2984 Run the Emacs calculator.
2985 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2991 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20627
2992 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
2993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2995 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2996 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2997 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2998 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2999 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3000 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3002 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3003 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3004 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3005 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3006 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3007 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3008 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3009 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3012 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3013 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3015 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3016 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3017 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3018 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3019 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3020 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3022 Runs the following hooks:
3024 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3025 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3026 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3027 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3029 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3035 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3036 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
3037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3039 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3040 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3042 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3044 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3045 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3046 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3053 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3054 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3057 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3058 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3060 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3061 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3063 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3064 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3065 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3066 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3067 restriction to ASCII.
3069 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3074 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3075 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3076 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3078 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3079 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3080 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3081 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3082 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3083 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3084 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3086 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3087 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20533
3094 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3096 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3100 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3101 ;;;;;; (20655 4659 718544 0))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3105 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3111 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3112 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3113 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20533 49334
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3117 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3118 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3120 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3121 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3123 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3126 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3146 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3148 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3149 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3154 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3155 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3166 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3168 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3169 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3172 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3174 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3175 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3177 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3178 variables are guessed:
3180 * `c-basic-offset', and
3181 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3184 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3185 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3187 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3188 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3190 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3191 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3192 guess is made from scratch.
3194 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3195 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3197 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3200 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3201 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3202 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3204 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3205 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3206 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3208 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3212 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3213 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3214 ;;;;;; (20655 4659 718544 0))
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3217 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3218 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3219 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3220 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3221 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3222 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3223 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3225 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3227 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3228 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3238 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3239 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3240 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3241 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3242 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3243 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3248 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3255 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3256 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3258 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3276 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3298 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3299 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3302 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Java code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3320 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3321 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3342 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3343 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3344 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3345 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3347 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3348 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3349 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3350 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3351 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3352 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3355 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3357 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3358 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3366 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3368 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3369 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3371 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3372 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3373 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3374 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3375 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3376 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3378 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3380 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3381 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3391 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
3392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3394 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3396 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3397 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3399 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3401 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3402 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3405 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3406 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3407 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3408 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3412 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3413 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3414 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3417 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3419 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3420 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3421 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3422 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3424 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3426 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3427 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3428 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3430 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3432 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3433 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3434 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3435 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3436 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3438 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20627 5636
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3445 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3446 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3447 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3451 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3452 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3453 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
3454 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3456 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3457 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3459 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3462 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3464 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3466 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3467 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3469 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3470 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3471 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3472 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3475 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3477 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3479 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3480 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3482 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3483 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3487 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3488 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3489 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3490 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3491 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3494 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3495 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3496 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3499 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3500 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3503 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3505 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3507 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3510 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3511 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3513 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3514 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3515 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3518 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3520 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3521 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3522 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3524 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3526 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3528 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3529 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3531 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3537 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3539 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3547 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3549 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3550 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3551 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3554 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3557 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3558 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3559 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3560 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3561 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3562 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3563 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3564 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3567 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3568 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3570 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3571 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3573 | (write EXPRESSION)
3574 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3575 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3578 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3581 ;; Same as: (write string)
3583 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3584 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3585 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3588 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3589 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3590 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3591 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3592 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3593 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3595 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3596 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3598 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3601 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3602 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3603 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3605 ARG := REG | integer
3608 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3611 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3614 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3631 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3632 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3634 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3635 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3636 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3639 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3640 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3643 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3644 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3646 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3649 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3654 ;; Same meaning as C code
3655 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3657 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3662 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3666 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3675 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3676 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3677 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3679 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3681 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3683 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3684 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3685 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3686 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3687 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3690 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3692 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3694 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3695 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3696 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3697 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3698 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3699 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3701 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3703 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3704 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3705 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3707 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3709 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3714 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3717 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3718 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3719 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3720 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3722 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3724 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3729 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3732 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3734 There are no special keybindings by default.
3736 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3737 to the action header.
3741 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3742 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3743 There are no special keybindings by default.
3745 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3746 to the action header.
3750 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3751 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3752 on the buffer contents
3758 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3764 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3768 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3769 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3770 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3776 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3779 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3784 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20647 7990 336071 0))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3786 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3789 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3904 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3911 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3918 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3932 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3946 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3953 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3978 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3979 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3980 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3983 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3984 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3985 Return the length of resulting text.
3987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3989 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3990 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3994 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3995 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3996 Return the length of resulting text.
3998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4000 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4001 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4005 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4010 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4013 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4018 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4021 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4022 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4023 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4024 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4025 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4026 editing and the result is evaluated.
4028 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4030 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4031 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4032 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4033 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4034 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4036 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4040 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4041 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4042 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4043 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4044 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4046 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4047 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4048 \\{command-history-map}
4050 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4051 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4057 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4058 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
4059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4061 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4062 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4063 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4064 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4065 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4066 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4067 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4070 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4071 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4072 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4075 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4076 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4078 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4079 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4080 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4081 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4082 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4083 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4084 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4085 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4086 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4087 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4088 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4089 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4091 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4092 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4093 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4095 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4096 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4097 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4100 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4102 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4104 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4106 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4107 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4109 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4110 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4112 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4113 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4114 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4115 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4116 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4117 value specified by their associated list element.
4119 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4121 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4122 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4123 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4125 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4126 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4127 * indent the first argument by 4.
4128 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4129 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4130 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4132 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20647 7990
4138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4142 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4152 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4154 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4156 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4158 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4160 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4164 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4165 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4168 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4169 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4170 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4171 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4173 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4174 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4175 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4176 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4178 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4179 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4181 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20533
4186 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4189 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4190 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4191 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4192 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4193 of `scheme-program-name').
4194 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4195 it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20627 5636
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4210 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4211 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4212 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4213 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4215 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4216 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4218 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4219 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4220 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4222 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4226 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4227 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4228 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4229 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4232 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4233 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4234 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4235 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4236 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4237 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4238 functions have already modified the buffer.
4240 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4242 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4243 either globally or locally.")
4245 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4246 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4247 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4248 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4250 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4251 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4252 `start-file-process'
4253 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4254 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4255 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4257 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4258 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4262 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4264 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4266 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4267 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4268 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4269 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4270 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4271 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4272 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4273 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4274 process as its initial input.
4276 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4278 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4280 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4282 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4283 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4284 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4285 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4286 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4287 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4289 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4291 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4292 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4293 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4294 directory tracking functions.")
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4306 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4308 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4310 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to current process.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4317 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4319 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4320 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4321 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4322 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4324 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4329 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4332 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4333 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4334 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4335 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4337 This command pushes the mark in each window
4338 at the prior location of point in that window.
4339 If both windows display the same buffer,
4340 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4341 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4343 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4344 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4345 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4346 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4347 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4348 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4349 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4352 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4353 this command work in interlaced mode:
4354 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4355 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4356 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4358 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4363 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4364 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4365 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4366 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20627
4367 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4370 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4371 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4375 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4376 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4377 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4378 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4379 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4380 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4381 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4383 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4385 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4386 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4390 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4391 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4392 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4393 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4394 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4396 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4397 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4398 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4399 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4400 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4402 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4403 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4404 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4405 describing how the process finished.")
4407 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4408 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4409 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4410 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4411 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4413 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4414 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4415 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4417 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4419 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4420 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4421 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4422 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4424 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4426 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4427 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4429 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4430 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4432 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4434 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4435 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4436 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4437 (concat \"make -k \"
4438 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4440 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4441 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4443 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4444 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4445 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4446 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4448 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4450 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4451 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4452 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4453 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4455 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4456 and move to the source code that caused it.
4458 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4459 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4461 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4462 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4463 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4464 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4466 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4467 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4468 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4469 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4471 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4472 kills its subprocesses.
4474 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4475 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4476 to a function that generates a unique name.
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4480 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4481 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4482 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4483 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4485 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4486 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4488 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4489 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4490 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4491 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4493 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4494 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4495 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4497 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4499 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4502 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4503 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4504 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4505 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4507 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4509 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4511 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4513 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4515 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4518 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4519 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4521 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4522 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4523 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4524 See `compilation-mode'.
4526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4528 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4529 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4531 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4532 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4534 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4535 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4540 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4541 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4542 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4544 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4548 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4549 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
4550 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4552 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4553 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4554 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4557 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4559 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4561 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4562 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4572 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4573 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4574 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4577 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4578 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4579 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4580 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4581 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4582 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4583 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4585 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4586 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4587 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4589 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4590 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4591 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4593 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4594 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4595 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4596 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4598 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4599 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4600 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4601 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4602 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4603 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4604 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4610 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `#'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4625 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4627 Comments start with `;'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4630 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4632 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4633 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4634 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4636 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4637 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4641 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4643 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4644 between `/*' and `*/'.
4645 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4647 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4648 // another kind of comment
4660 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4663 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4664 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4665 `conf-space-keywords'.
4666 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4667 in an interactive fashion instead.
4669 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4671 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4673 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4677 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4679 # Standard multimedia devices
4680 add /dev/audio desktop
4681 add /dev/mixer desktop
4685 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4686 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4687 See `conf-space-mode'.
4689 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4691 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4692 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4693 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4694 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4696 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4698 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4699 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4703 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4704 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4705 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4706 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4708 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4710 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4711 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4715 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4716 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4717 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4718 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4720 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4730 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4733 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4734 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4740 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4741 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4742 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4743 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4747 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4748 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4749 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4750 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4752 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4754 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4757 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4762 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20627
4763 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4765 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4766 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4767 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4769 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4770 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4771 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4772 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4773 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4774 following the copyright are updated as well.
4775 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4778 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4780 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4781 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4782 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4783 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4784 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4788 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4789 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4791 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4793 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4794 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4795 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4797 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4802 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20627 5636 279161
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4805 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4806 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4807 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4808 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4809 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4810 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4811 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4813 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4814 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4815 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4816 Tab indents for Perl code.
4817 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4818 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4820 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4821 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4822 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4823 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4824 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4825 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4826 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4827 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4828 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4829 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4830 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4831 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4833 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4835 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4836 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4838 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4840 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4841 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4842 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4843 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4844 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4845 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4846 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4847 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4848 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4850 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4854 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4855 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4856 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4859 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4860 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4861 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4863 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4865 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4866 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4867 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4868 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4869 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4871 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4881 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4882 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4883 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4884 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4885 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4886 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4887 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4888 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4889 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4890 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4891 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4892 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4893 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4895 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4896 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4897 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4898 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4899 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4900 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4902 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4903 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4906 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4907 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4908 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4909 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4910 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4912 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4913 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4914 span the needed amount of lines.
4916 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4917 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4918 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4919 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4921 Variables controlling indentation style:
4922 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4923 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4924 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4925 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4926 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4927 `cperl-auto-newline'
4928 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4929 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4930 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4931 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4932 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4933 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4934 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4935 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4936 `cperl-indent-level'
4937 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4938 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4939 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4940 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4941 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4942 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4943 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4944 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4945 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4946 `cperl-brace-offset'
4947 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4948 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4949 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4950 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4951 `cperl-label-offset'
4952 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4953 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4954 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4956 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4957 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4958 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4959 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4960 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4961 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4963 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4964 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4965 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4966 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4968 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4969 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4970 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4971 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4972 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4973 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4974 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4976 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4977 column 0 is indented on
4978 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4980 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4983 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4984 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4985 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4989 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4990 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4994 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4995 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5001 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5002 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5005 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5006 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5007 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5008 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5009 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5013 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5014 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5020 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5021 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5024 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5025 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5026 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5027 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5030 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5032 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5034 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5035 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5037 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5038 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5042 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5046 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5050 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5051 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5052 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5053 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5055 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5056 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5057 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5058 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5060 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5061 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5062 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5064 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5065 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5068 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5069 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5070 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5072 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5074 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5075 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5076 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5078 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5082 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20627
5083 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5086 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5087 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5097 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5098 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5099 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5102 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5104 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5106 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5107 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5109 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5110 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5112 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5113 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5114 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5115 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5116 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5117 normal function of these prefix keys.
5119 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5120 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5122 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5123 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5124 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5126 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5127 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5128 the prefix fallback behavior.
5130 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5131 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5132 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5133 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5137 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5138 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5144 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5145 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5146 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5147 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5148 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5149 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5150 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5151 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5152 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5153 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5154 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5157 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5158 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5162 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5163 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5165 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5167 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5168 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5170 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5172 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5185 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5187 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5202 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5203 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5207 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5209 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5210 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5212 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5213 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5215 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5217 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5219 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5220 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5221 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5222 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5224 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5225 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5226 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5228 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5230 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5231 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5232 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5233 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5234 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5238 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5240 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5241 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5245 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5247 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5249 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5251 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5252 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5254 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5256 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5258 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5261 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5263 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5265 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5267 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5271 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5272 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5273 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5274 as part of Emacs itself.
5276 Each elements looks like this:
5278 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5280 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5281 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5282 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5283 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5284 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5285 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5286 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5289 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5291 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5292 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5293 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5294 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5295 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5297 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5298 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5299 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5300 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5302 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5304 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5306 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5307 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5308 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5311 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5312 that were added or redefined since that version.
5314 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5316 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5318 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5319 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5321 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5324 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5326 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5328 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5329 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5330 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5332 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5333 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5335 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5337 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5342 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5347 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all saved options and faces.
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5354 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5355 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5356 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5357 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5359 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5360 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5361 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5363 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5365 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5366 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5368 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5370 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5371 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5375 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5376 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5380 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5382 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5383 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5384 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5387 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5389 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5390 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5391 The result includes selecting that window.
5392 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5393 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5394 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5397 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5399 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5400 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5402 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5404 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5405 File used for storing customization information.
5406 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5407 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5408 it should be an absolute file name.
5410 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5411 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5412 something like the following in your init file:
5414 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5417 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5418 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5420 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5421 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5422 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5423 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5424 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5426 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5427 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5428 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5429 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5430 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5431 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5432 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5433 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5434 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5435 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5437 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5439 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5440 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5444 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5445 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5449 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5450 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5451 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5453 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5455 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5456 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5457 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5458 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5459 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5461 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5466 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20533
5467 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5470 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5471 Create or edit a custom theme.
5472 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5473 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5474 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5475 from the Custom save file.
5476 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5477 named *Custom Theme*.
5479 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5481 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5482 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5486 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5487 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5491 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5492 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5493 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5494 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5501 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5504 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5505 Mode used for cvs status output.
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5512 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5515 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5516 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5518 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5520 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5521 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5522 C++ modes are included.
5524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5525 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5526 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5530 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5532 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5533 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5534 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5537 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5539 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5541 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5542 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5543 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5544 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5545 ARG is omitted or nil.
5547 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5548 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5549 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5556 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5557 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5560 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5561 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5563 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5565 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5566 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5568 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5570 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5571 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5572 For readability, the table is slightly
5573 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5575 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5576 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5577 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5578 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5579 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5581 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5586 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5588 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5589 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5590 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5591 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5593 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5594 Completion on current word.
5595 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5596 and presents suggestions for completion.
5598 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5599 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5602 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5603 then it searches *all* buffers.
5605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5607 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5608 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5610 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5611 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5612 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5613 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5614 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5616 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5617 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5619 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5620 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5621 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5623 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5624 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5626 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5632 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5633 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5636 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5637 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5639 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5643 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20627
5644 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5647 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5648 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5649 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5650 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5651 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5657 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20627
5658 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5661 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5662 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5664 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5665 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5666 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5668 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5669 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5670 Data lines are not indented.
5675 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5677 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5678 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5679 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5680 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5682 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5685 Extra indentation within blocks.
5687 dcl-continuation-offset
5688 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5691 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5693 dcl-margin-label-offset
5694 Indentation for a label.
5696 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5697 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5699 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5700 dcl-block-end-regexp
5701 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5702 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5703 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5704 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5705 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5707 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5708 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5709 Two such functions are included in the package:
5710 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5711 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5713 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5714 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5715 One such function is included in the package:
5716 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5718 dcl-tab-always-indent
5719 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5720 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5723 dcl-electric-characters
5724 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5727 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5728 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5729 which words trigger electric indentation.
5732 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5733 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5734 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5736 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5737 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5738 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5739 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5741 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5742 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5743 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5744 dcl-imenu-label-call
5745 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5747 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5748 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5749 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5750 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5753 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5755 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5756 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5757 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5759 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5760 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5764 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5765 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5766 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5767 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5768 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5769 \"lined up with the command line\"
5771 Data lines are not indented at all.
5772 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5777 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5778 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5785 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20641 21435 927560 0))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5788 (setq debugger 'debug)
5790 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5791 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5792 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5795 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5796 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5797 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5799 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5802 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5804 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5806 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5807 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5808 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5809 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5810 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5811 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5813 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5814 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5816 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5818 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5819 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5820 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5821 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5822 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5824 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5828 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5829 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
5830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5832 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5833 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5837 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5838 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5839 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5840 Upper-case letters are commands.
5842 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5845 The most useful commands are:
5846 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5847 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5848 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5849 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5850 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5851 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5858 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20533
5859 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5862 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5863 Customization of `columns' group.
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5870 START and END delimits the text region.
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5874 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20627
5884 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5887 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5888 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5889 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5890 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5891 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5892 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5893 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5895 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5899 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5900 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5901 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5902 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5903 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5904 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5905 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5906 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5907 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5908 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5909 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5910 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5912 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5913 Directories to search when finding external units.
5914 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5915 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5919 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5920 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5921 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5922 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5923 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5924 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5925 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5926 Face used to color everything else.
5928 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5929 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20627
5936 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5939 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5941 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5942 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5943 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5946 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5948 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5950 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5951 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5953 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5954 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5956 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5957 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5958 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5965 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5966 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5969 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5970 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5972 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5974 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5975 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5976 or nil if there is no parent.
5977 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5978 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5979 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5980 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5981 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5983 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5984 arguments are currently understood:
5986 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5987 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5992 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5993 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5995 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5997 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5999 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6000 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6001 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6003 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6004 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6006 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6007 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6008 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6010 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6011 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6013 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6014 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6016 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6018 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6020 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6022 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6023 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6024 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6025 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6026 the first time the mode is used.
6028 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6033 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6036 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6037 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6038 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6039 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6040 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6041 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6044 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6046 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6049 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6051 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6052 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6053 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6055 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6056 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6057 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6058 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6059 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6060 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6063 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6067 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6068 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6069 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6070 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6073 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6074 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6075 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6077 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6079 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6080 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6082 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6085 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6086 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6087 `desktop-read' for details.
6089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6091 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6092 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6093 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6094 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6096 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6098 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6099 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6100 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6102 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6103 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6104 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6106 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6107 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6109 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6110 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6111 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6113 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6114 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6115 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6116 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6118 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6120 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6121 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6123 Handlers are called with argument list
6125 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6127 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6129 desktop-file-version
6130 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6131 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6132 desktop-buffer-point
6134 desktop-buffer-read-only
6135 desktop-buffer-locals
6137 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6138 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6140 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6143 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6145 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6146 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6148 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6150 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6152 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6154 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6155 List elements must have the form
6157 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6159 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6164 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6168 desktop-file-version
6169 desktop-buffer-file-name
6171 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6172 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6173 desktop-buffer-point
6175 desktop-buffer-read-only
6178 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6179 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6182 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6185 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6187 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6188 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6190 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6192 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6194 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6196 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6198 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6199 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6200 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6204 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6205 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6206 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6207 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6208 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6210 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6212 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6213 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6214 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6218 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6219 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6220 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6221 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6222 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6223 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6224 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6225 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6227 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6229 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6230 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6231 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6235 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6237 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6238 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6239 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6240 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6243 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6245 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6246 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6250 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6251 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6259 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6263 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6264 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6265 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6266 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6267 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6269 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6272 Repair a broken attribution line.
6273 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6275 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6277 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6278 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6279 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6280 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6282 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6284 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6285 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6292 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6295 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6296 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6297 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6298 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6299 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6303 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6304 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6305 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6306 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6308 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6309 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6310 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6311 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6313 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6314 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6316 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6317 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6318 calendar-date-style 'european
6319 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6321 \(diary-mail-entries)
6323 # diary-rem.el ends here
6325 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6327 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6328 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6335 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6336 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
6337 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6339 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6340 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6342 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6344 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6345 The command to use to run diff.")
6347 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6349 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6350 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6351 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6352 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6353 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6354 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6356 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6357 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6358 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6360 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6362 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6363 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6364 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6365 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6366 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6367 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6369 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6371 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6372 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6376 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6377 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6378 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6385 ;;;;;; (20635 60433 266376 407000))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6388 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6390 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6393 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6394 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6395 headers for you on-the-fly.
6397 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6398 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6399 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6405 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6406 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6411 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6420 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6421 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6422 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6424 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6428 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6429 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20655 13456
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6433 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6434 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6435 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6436 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6437 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6438 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6439 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6440 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6442 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6444 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6445 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6446 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6447 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6448 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6449 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6451 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6452 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6453 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6454 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6455 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6456 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6457 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6458 list of files to make directory entries for.
6459 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6460 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6461 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6463 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6465 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6466 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6468 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6471 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6472 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6474 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6475 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6477 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6479 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6480 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6482 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6484 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6485 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6486 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6487 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6488 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6489 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6490 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6491 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6492 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6493 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6494 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6495 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6496 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6497 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6498 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6499 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6500 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6501 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6502 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6503 to see why something went wrong.
6504 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6505 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6506 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6507 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6508 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6509 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6510 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6511 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6512 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6513 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6514 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6515 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6516 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6518 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6519 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6520 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6521 again for the directory tree.
6523 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6526 `dired-listing-switches'
6527 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6531 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6532 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6533 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6535 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6537 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6538 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6545 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6546 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6550 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6551 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6554 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6555 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6560 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6561 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6562 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6564 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6565 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6570 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6571 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6572 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6573 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6574 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6575 from `default-directory'.
6577 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20627
6582 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6585 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6586 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6587 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6588 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6589 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6590 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6592 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6597 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6598 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6599 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6600 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6601 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
6602 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6604 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6605 Return a new, empty display table.
6609 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6610 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6611 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6612 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6613 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6615 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6617 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6618 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6619 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6620 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6621 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6623 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6625 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6626 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6630 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6631 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6638 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6639 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6641 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6642 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6645 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6646 in the default way after this call.
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6651 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6655 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6656 Display character C using printable string S.
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6662 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6663 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6665 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6668 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6669 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6672 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6674 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6675 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6677 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6680 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6682 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6684 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6685 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6687 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6689 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6690 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6692 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6694 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6695 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6697 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6699 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6700 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6702 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6703 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6705 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6706 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6708 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6709 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6710 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6711 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6713 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6714 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6715 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6723 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6726 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6727 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6728 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6729 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6730 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6731 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6732 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6739 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20533 49334
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6743 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6744 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6745 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6746 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6747 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6748 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6750 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6751 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6752 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6753 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6754 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6756 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6761 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6764 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6765 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6766 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6767 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6768 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6769 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6770 table and its own syntax table.
6772 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6775 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6777 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6778 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6785 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20627
6786 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6789 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6790 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6791 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6792 OpenDocument format).
6794 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6796 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6797 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6799 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6800 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6802 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6803 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6804 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6808 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6809 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6810 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6811 to the next best mode.
6815 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6816 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6821 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6825 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20627 5636
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6836 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6837 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6843 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20533 49334
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6847 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6848 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6851 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6853 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6854 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20627 5636
6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6864 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6865 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6871 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6872 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6873 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
6874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6876 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6878 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6879 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6880 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6881 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6882 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6884 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6885 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6886 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6887 and disables it otherwise.
6889 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6890 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6891 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6892 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6894 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6895 documenting what its argument does.
6897 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6898 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6899 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6900 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6901 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6902 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6903 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6904 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6906 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6907 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6908 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6909 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6910 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6913 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6914 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6915 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6916 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6917 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6918 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6919 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6920 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6921 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6922 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6923 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6924 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6925 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6926 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6927 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6928 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6929 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6930 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6931 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6932 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6933 the terms used in :variable).
6934 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6935 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6937 For example, you could write
6938 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6939 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6942 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6944 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6946 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6948 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6950 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6951 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6952 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6953 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6954 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6955 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6956 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6957 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6958 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6959 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6960 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6961 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6963 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6964 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6965 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6966 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6967 call another major mode in their body.
6969 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6971 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6975 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6976 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6977 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6978 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6979 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6981 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6983 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6984 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6985 :inherit Parent keymap.
6987 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6988 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6990 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6993 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6994 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6995 the constant's documentation.
6997 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6999 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7000 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7001 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7003 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7008 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20627
7009 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
7010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7012 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7013 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7014 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7015 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7017 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7018 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7019 as a top-level menu bar item.
7021 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7022 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7026 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7027 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7028 items to actually display.
7031 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7032 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7033 alias for `:visible'.
7036 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7037 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7038 an alias for `:active'.
7040 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7041 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7043 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7045 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7047 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7048 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7050 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7051 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7053 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7055 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7057 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7058 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7061 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7062 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7063 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7064 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7067 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7068 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7069 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7070 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7073 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7074 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7075 alias for `:active'.
7078 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7079 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7083 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7084 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7087 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7088 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7091 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7092 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7093 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7096 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7097 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7100 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7102 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7103 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7104 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7106 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7107 MENU. This is a submenu.
7109 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7111 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7113 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7116 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7118 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7119 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7120 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7121 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7123 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7125 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7126 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7127 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7128 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7129 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7130 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7132 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7133 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7134 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7136 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7137 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7138 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7140 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7141 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7143 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7147 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7148 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7149 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7150 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7151 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7152 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7153 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7154 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
7155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Customization for ebnf group.
7162 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7163 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7165 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7167 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7170 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7172 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7177 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7178 killed after process termination.
7180 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7182 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7187 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7188 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7191 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7192 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7193 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7194 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7196 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7200 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7202 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7204 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7205 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7207 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7209 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7212 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7214 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7219 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7220 killed after process termination.
7222 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7224 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7228 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7229 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7231 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7237 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7239 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7241 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7246 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7248 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7251 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7253 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7255 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7256 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7258 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7259 killed after EPS generation.
7261 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7263 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7268 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7269 The EPS file name has the following form:
7271 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7273 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7274 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7276 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7277 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7278 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7279 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7280 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7282 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7290 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7291 The EPS file name has the following form:
7293 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7295 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7296 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7298 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7299 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7300 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7301 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7302 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7304 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7307 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7309 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7314 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7316 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7319 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7321 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7324 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7326 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7327 killed after syntax checking.
7329 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7331 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7341 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7351 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7356 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7358 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7365 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7369 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7370 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7372 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7374 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7376 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7377 Set STYLE as the current style.
7379 Returns the old style symbol.
7381 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Reset current style.
7388 Returns the old style symbol.
7390 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7392 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7397 Returns the old style symbol.
7399 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7401 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7403 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7408 Returns the old style symbol.
7410 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7412 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7418 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7419 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7420 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7421 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7422 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7423 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7424 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7425 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7426 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7427 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7428 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20627
7429 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
7430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7433 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7434 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7435 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7436 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7437 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7439 Tree mode key bindings:
7440 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7445 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7450 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7455 View declaration of member at point.
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7460 Find declaration of member at point.
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7465 View definition of member at point.
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find definition of member at point.
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7475 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7480 View definition of member at point in other window.
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7485 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7490 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7495 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7500 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7505 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7506 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7507 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7510 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7513 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7514 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7515 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7517 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7520 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7521 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7522 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7524 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7527 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7528 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7530 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7533 Search for call sites of a member.
7534 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7535 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7536 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7537 looks like a function call to the member.
7539 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7542 Move backward in the position stack.
7543 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7548 Move forward in the position stack.
7549 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7554 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7559 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7564 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7565 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7566 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7568 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7570 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7571 Display statistics for a class tree.
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7581 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7582 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7583 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7584 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7585 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7586 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7587 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7589 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7591 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7592 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7593 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7594 also has this effect.
7595 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7596 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7597 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7598 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7599 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7600 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7601 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7602 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7603 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7604 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7610 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7611 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7614 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7615 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7616 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7618 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7622 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7626 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7633 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20627 5636
7635 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7637 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7638 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7639 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7641 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7642 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7644 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7646 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7647 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7649 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7650 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7652 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7653 an EDE controlled project.
7655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7659 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7660 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7661 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
7662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7664 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7665 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7666 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7667 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7668 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7670 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7671 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7672 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7673 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7675 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7677 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7678 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7679 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7680 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7682 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7684 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7685 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7686 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7687 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7689 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7691 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7693 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7694 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7695 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7696 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7697 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7699 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7700 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7701 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7702 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7703 instrumented for Edebug.
7705 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7706 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7707 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7708 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7713 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7714 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7718 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7719 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7726 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7727 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7728 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7729 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7730 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7731 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7732 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7733 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7734 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20627 5636
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7738 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7741 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7743 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7744 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7746 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7748 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7750 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7752 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7753 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7754 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7755 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7759 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7760 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7761 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7762 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7766 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7769 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7771 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7773 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7776 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7778 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7780 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7781 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7782 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7783 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7785 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7787 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7791 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7792 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7794 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7796 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7800 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7801 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7803 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7805 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7807 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7808 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7809 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7810 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7812 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7817 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7818 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7819 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7820 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7821 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7823 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7826 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7827 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7828 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7830 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7832 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7835 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7836 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7837 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7839 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7841 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7843 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7845 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7846 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7847 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7849 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7850 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7852 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7855 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7856 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7858 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7859 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7861 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7864 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7865 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7866 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7867 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7869 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7871 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7872 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7873 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7874 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7875 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7876 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7878 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7880 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7882 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7883 Merge two files without ancestor.
7885 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7888 Merge two files with ancestor.
7890 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7892 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7895 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7897 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7900 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7902 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7904 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7905 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7906 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7909 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7912 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7913 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7916 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7918 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7919 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7920 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7921 and don't ask the user.
7922 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7923 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7925 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7928 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7929 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7930 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7931 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7932 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7933 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7934 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7936 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7938 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7940 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7943 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7944 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7945 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7946 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7948 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7950 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7952 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7953 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7954 When called interactively, displays the version.
7958 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7959 Display Ediff's manual.
7960 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7962 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7966 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7967 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
7968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7970 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7977 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7978 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
7979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7981 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7982 Display Ediff's registry.
7986 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7990 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7991 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7994 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7995 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7996 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8001 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8002 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8003 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8004 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8011 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8012 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8015 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8016 Edit a keyboard macro.
8017 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8018 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8019 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8021 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8023 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8025 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8026 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8028 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8030 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8031 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8033 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8035 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8036 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8037 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8038 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8039 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8040 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8042 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8043 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8044 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8045 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8047 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8049 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8050 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8051 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8052 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8053 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8054 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8056 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8061 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8064 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8066 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8067 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8069 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8071 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8072 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8078 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8079 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8082 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8083 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8084 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8085 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8086 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8087 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8088 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8090 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8091 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8093 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8094 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8095 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8096 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8098 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8099 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8100 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8102 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8103 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8104 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8106 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8108 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8111 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8115 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8116 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8119 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8120 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8121 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8123 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8128 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8129 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8132 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8133 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8134 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8135 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8137 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8138 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8140 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8141 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8142 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8143 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8145 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8147 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8148 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8149 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8152 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8154 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8155 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8156 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8158 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8162 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8163 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8166 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8167 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8169 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8171 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8172 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8174 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8175 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8177 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8178 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8179 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8180 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8181 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8182 expression point is on.
8184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8187 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8191 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8192 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8193 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8194 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8195 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8196 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8199 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8200 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8201 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8204 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8205 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8209 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8210 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8213 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8214 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8216 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8217 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8218 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8219 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8220 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8221 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8223 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8225 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8226 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8227 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8228 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8229 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8231 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8232 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8233 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8237 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8238 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8239 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8242 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8244 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8246 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8247 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8252 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8253 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8254 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8256 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8260 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8261 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8262 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8265 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8267 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8269 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8270 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8274 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8280 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20533
8281 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8284 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8285 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8287 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8288 an elided material again.
8290 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8297 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8298 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8301 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8306 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8307 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8308 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8310 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8312 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8313 Lint the current buffer.
8314 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8318 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8319 Lint the function at point.
8320 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8324 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8326 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8327 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8329 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8333 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8334 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20627
8335 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8338 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8339 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8340 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8342 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8344 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8345 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8346 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8347 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8349 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8352 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8353 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8355 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8357 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8359 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8360 Display current profiling results.
8361 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8362 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8370 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8373 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8374 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8375 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8376 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8377 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8378 ARG is omitted or nil.
8380 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8381 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8382 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8385 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8387 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8388 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8389 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8391 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8398 ;;;;;; (20636 293 40220 0))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8401 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8402 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8403 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8405 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8409 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8410 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8411 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8412 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8413 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
8414 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8416 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8417 Run Emerge on two files.
8419 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8422 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8424 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8426 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8427 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8429 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8432 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8434 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8436 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8441 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8446 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8449 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8451 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8454 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8456 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8457 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8459 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8461 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8462 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8464 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8469 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8474 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8477 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8478 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8479 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8480 text/enriched format.
8482 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8483 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8484 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8486 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8488 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8489 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8493 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8500 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8502 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8509 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8510 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8511 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8512 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8513 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8514 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20627
8515 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8518 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8519 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8521 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8524 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8526 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8528 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8529 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8530 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8531 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8532 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8533 the keys are listed.
8534 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8536 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8543 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8548 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8549 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8551 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8553 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8554 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8556 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8559 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8561 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8562 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8563 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8564 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8566 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8567 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8568 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8569 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8570 should consider using the string based counterpart
8571 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8572 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8576 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8577 (decode-coding-string
8578 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8581 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8584 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8586 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8587 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8589 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8591 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8592 Verify the current region between START and END.
8594 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8595 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8596 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8597 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8598 should consider using the string based counterpart
8599 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8600 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8604 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8605 (decode-coding-string
8606 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8611 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8612 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8613 between START and END.
8615 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8616 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8621 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8623 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8625 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8626 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8627 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8628 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8632 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8635 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8637 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8639 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8640 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8642 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8643 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8644 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8645 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8646 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8647 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8651 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8654 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8657 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8660 Delete selected KEYS.
8662 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8664 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8665 Import keys from FILE.
8669 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8670 Import keys from the region.
8672 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8674 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8675 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8676 between START and END.
8678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8680 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8681 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8683 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8685 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8686 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8692 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8693 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20533 49334
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Decrypt marked files.
8702 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8703 Verify marked files.
8707 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8712 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8713 Encrypt marked files.
8719 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8720 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
8721 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8723 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8726 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8728 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8733 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8740 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8741 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8742 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8745 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8746 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8748 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8749 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8753 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8754 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8755 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8757 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8761 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8762 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8763 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8765 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8769 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8770 Sign the current buffer.
8771 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8773 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8775 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8777 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8778 Encrypt the current buffer.
8779 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8781 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8783 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8785 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8786 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8787 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8789 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8793 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8794 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8795 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8798 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8800 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8802 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8803 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8805 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8806 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20627 5636 279161
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8816 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8817 Return a context object.
8819 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8823 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8824 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
8825 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8827 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8828 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8832 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8833 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8835 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8837 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8838 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8840 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8845 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20647 7990 336071 0))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8848 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8849 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8853 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8854 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8855 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8857 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8859 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8860 (server (erc-compute-server))
8861 (port (erc-compute-port))
8862 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8864 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8866 That is, if called with
8868 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8870 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8871 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8872 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8874 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8876 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8878 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8879 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8880 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8882 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8884 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8885 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8886 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8887 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8889 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20627
8894 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
8895 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8896 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20627 5636
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20627 5636
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20627 5636
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8917 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8922 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8924 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8926 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8927 Parser for /dcc command.
8928 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8929 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8930 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8932 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8934 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8935 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8939 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8940 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8942 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8943 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8944 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8947 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8952 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8954 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8958 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8959 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8960 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8961 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8962 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8965 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8966 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8968 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8970 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8971 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8972 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8973 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8975 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8977 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8980 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8982 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8985 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8987 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8988 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8990 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8992 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8993 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8995 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8997 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8998 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9000 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9002 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9003 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9005 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9007 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9008 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9010 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9012 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9013 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9017 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9018 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9024 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20627
9025 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9027 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9029 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9030 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9031 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9037 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9038 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9042 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9043 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9044 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9045 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9046 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9047 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9050 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9052 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9055 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9060 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20627 5636 279161
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20627 5636 279161
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9084 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9085 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9087 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9089 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9090 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9091 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9092 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9093 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9094 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9096 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9098 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9099 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9100 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9101 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9103 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9104 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9107 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9108 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9110 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9114 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9115 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9116 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9117 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9121 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9122 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9126 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9127 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9131 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9132 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9136 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9137 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9141 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9142 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9146 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9147 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9151 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9152 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9156 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9157 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20627 5636 279161
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9170 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9171 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9172 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9173 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9175 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9182 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9183 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9186 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9187 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9188 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9189 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9193 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9194 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9200 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9201 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9205 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9206 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9207 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9208 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9210 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9212 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20627 5636 279161
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20627
9227 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9229 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20627 5636
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20627 5636 279161
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9247 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9248 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9250 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9252 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9253 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9257 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9258 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9259 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9261 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20627 5636
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9268 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9272 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9273 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9276 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9277 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9278 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20627
9285 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9287 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20627 5636
9293 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9294 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9298 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9299 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9302 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9303 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9304 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9306 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9308 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9309 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9314 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9315 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9316 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9317 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9320 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9325 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9327 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9329 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9330 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9331 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9332 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9334 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9337 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9338 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9344 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9345 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9347 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9349 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9350 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9357 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9358 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20650 61387 498451 0))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9361 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9362 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9364 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9365 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9367 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9370 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9372 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9373 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9374 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9376 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9378 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9380 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9382 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9383 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9385 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9386 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9387 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9388 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9390 Returns the stats object.
9392 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9394 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9395 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9397 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9398 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9399 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9402 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9404 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9405 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9407 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9408 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9409 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9410 and how to display message.
9412 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9414 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9416 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9417 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9419 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9423 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9424 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9427 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9429 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9430 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20627
9437 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9440 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9441 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9449 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9450 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
9451 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9453 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9454 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9455 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9456 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9457 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9458 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9459 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9460 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9461 buffer selected (or created).
9463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9465 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9466 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9467 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9469 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9471 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9472 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9473 The result might be any Lisp object.
9474 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9475 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9476 corresponding to a successful execution.
9478 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9480 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9484 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9485 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9486 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9487 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9488 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9489 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9490 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9491 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9494 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9495 File name of tags table.
9496 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9497 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9498 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9499 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9500 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9502 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9503 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9504 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9505 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9507 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9509 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9510 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9511 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9512 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9513 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9514 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9516 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9518 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9519 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9520 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9521 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9522 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9523 `auto-compression-mode').")
9525 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9527 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9528 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9529 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9530 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9531 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9533 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9535 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9536 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9537 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9538 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9540 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9542 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9543 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9544 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9545 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9546 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9548 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9550 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9551 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9555 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9556 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9557 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9558 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9560 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9561 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9562 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9563 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9564 file the tag was in.
9566 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9568 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9569 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9570 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9571 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9572 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9573 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9574 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9575 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9576 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9578 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9580 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9581 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9582 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9583 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9584 without directory names.
9587 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9588 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9591 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9593 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9595 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9596 but does not select the buffer.
9597 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9602 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9603 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9605 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9613 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9615 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9616 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9617 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9618 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9623 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9624 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9628 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9634 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9635 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9637 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9638 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9639 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9640 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9641 around or before point.
9643 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9644 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9645 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9646 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9647 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9649 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9651 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9652 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9653 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9655 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9657 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9658 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9660 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9661 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9662 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9663 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9664 around or before point.
9666 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9667 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9668 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9669 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9670 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9672 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9674 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9675 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9676 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9678 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9680 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9681 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9683 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9684 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9685 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9687 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9688 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9689 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9690 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9691 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9693 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9695 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9696 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9697 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9699 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9701 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9702 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9703 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9705 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9706 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9708 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9709 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9710 where they were found.
9714 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9715 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9717 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9718 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9719 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9721 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9722 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9724 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9725 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9727 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9729 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9730 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9731 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9732 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9734 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9735 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9736 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9737 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9738 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9740 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9741 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9743 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9744 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9745 Stops when a match is found.
9746 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9748 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9749 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9750 restricted to these files.
9752 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9756 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9757 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9758 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9759 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9760 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9761 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9762 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9763 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9765 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9766 produce the list of files to search.
9768 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9770 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9773 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9774 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9775 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9776 directory specification.
9778 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9781 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9783 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9785 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9786 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9787 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9788 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9792 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9793 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9794 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9795 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9796 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9802 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9803 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9804 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9805 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9806 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9807 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9808 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9809 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9812 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9817 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9818 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9820 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9821 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9823 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9824 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9827 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9828 even if the buffer is read-only.
9830 See also the descriptions of the variables
9831 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9833 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9835 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9836 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9838 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9839 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9841 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9842 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9845 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9846 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9848 See also the descriptions of the variables
9849 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9851 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9855 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9856 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9858 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9860 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9861 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9862 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9863 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9865 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9866 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9869 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9870 buffer is read-only.
9872 See also the descriptions of the variables
9873 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9874 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9876 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9879 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9881 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9882 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9884 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9885 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9886 the primary language.
9888 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9889 buffer is read-only.
9891 See also the descriptions of the variables
9892 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9893 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9895 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9897 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9898 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9899 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9901 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9903 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9904 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9908 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9909 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9911 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9912 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9915 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9916 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9917 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9919 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9921 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9924 This function is deprecated.
9928 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9929 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9933 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9934 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9938 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9939 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9941 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9942 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9944 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9945 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9949 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9950 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9954 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9955 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9959 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9960 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9964 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9965 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9966 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9970 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9973 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9978 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9979 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9982 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9983 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9984 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9985 server for future sessions.
9987 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9990 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9991 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9993 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9995 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9996 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9997 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9999 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10001 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10002 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10003 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10004 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10005 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10006 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10007 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10008 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10009 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10010 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10011 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10012 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10014 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10016 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10017 Display a form to query the directory server.
10018 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10019 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10021 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10023 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10024 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10025 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10029 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10033 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10034 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10035 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10038 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10039 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10041 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10043 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10044 Display URL and make it clickable.
10046 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10048 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10049 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10051 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10053 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10054 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10056 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10058 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10059 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10061 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10063 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10064 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10066 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10071 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
10072 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10074 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10075 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10076 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10080 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10081 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10088 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10091 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10092 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10098 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20627
10099 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10102 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10103 Create an empty ewoc.
10105 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10107 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10108 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10109 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10110 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10111 `insert-before-markers'.
10113 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10114 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10115 respectively, of the ewoc.
10117 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10118 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10119 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10121 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10125 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10126 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10127 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10128 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
10129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10131 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10132 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10133 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10135 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10137 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10138 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10139 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10140 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10141 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10143 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10145 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10146 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10147 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10148 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10149 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10152 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10154 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10155 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10156 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10160 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10161 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10162 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10169 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10170 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10171 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10174 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10175 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10176 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10177 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10179 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10181 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10182 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10183 to generate such functions.
10185 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10186 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10187 beginning of the expanded text.
10189 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10190 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10191 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10192 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10194 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10196 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10198 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10199 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10200 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10204 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10205 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10206 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10210 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10211 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10212 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10215 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10216 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10220 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20627 5636
10222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10224 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10225 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10226 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10228 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10229 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10230 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10232 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10237 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10240 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10242 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10244 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10245 `f90-program-indent'
10246 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10248 `f90-associate-indent'
10249 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10250 `f90-critical-indent'
10251 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10252 `f90-continuation-indent'
10253 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10254 `f90-comment-region'
10255 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10256 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10257 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10258 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10260 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10261 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10262 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10263 `f90-break-delimiters'
10264 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10265 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10266 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10267 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10269 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10270 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10272 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10273 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10274 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10275 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10276 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10277 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10278 `f90-leave-line-no'
10279 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10281 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10282 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10288 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10289 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10290 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10291 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20627
10292 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10295 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10296 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10297 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10298 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10300 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10301 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10302 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10303 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10304 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10306 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10307 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10308 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10309 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10310 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10311 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10314 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10315 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10317 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10319 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10320 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10321 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10322 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10324 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10326 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10327 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10328 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10329 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10331 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10332 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10333 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10335 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10336 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10337 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10338 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10340 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10342 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10343 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10344 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10346 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10347 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10348 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10351 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10353 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10354 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10355 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10357 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10358 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10359 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10360 will remove any scaling currently active.
10364 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10365 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10366 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10369 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10370 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10371 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10372 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10374 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10375 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10377 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10379 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10380 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10382 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10383 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10384 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10386 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10387 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10388 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10390 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10392 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10393 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10394 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10395 will remove any scaling currently active.
10397 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10398 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10399 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10400 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10401 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10405 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10406 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10408 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10409 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10410 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10415 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10416 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10417 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10418 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10419 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10420 `buffer-face-mode'.
10422 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10423 local, and sets it to FACE.
10425 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10427 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10428 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10429 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10430 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10431 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10432 `face' text property.
10434 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10435 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10436 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10437 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10439 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10440 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10442 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10444 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10445 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10446 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10447 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10453 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10454 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10455 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20627 5636
10457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10459 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10460 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10461 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10462 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10467 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10471 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10472 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10473 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10474 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10479 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10480 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10481 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10482 backup file names and the like).
10484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10486 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10487 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10488 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10489 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10490 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10491 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10492 internally by feedmail):
10494 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10495 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10496 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10497 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10499 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10500 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10501 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10502 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10503 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10505 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10509 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10510 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10511 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
10512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10514 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10515 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10516 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10517 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10518 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10519 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10520 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10522 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10524 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10525 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10526 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10527 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10528 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10529 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10530 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10532 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10534 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10536 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10537 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10538 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10539 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10540 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10541 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10543 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10545 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10546 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10547 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10549 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10550 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10555 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10556 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10557 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10559 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10562 Try to get a file name at point.
10563 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10567 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10568 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10575 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10576 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10577 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20647 10560 862170 56000))
10578 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10580 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10581 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10582 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10583 be added to the cache.
10585 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10587 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10588 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10589 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10590 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10591 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10593 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10595 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10596 Add FILE to the file cache.
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10601 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10602 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10604 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10606 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10607 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10608 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10610 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10612 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10613 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10614 This function does not use any external programs.
10615 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10616 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10617 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10619 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10621 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10622 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10623 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10624 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10625 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10626 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10627 \(directories) is done.
10633 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10634 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10635 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10636 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10637 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20627 5636
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10641 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10642 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10644 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10645 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10646 Local Variables list.
10648 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10649 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10650 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10652 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10654 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10655 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10657 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10659 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10660 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10662 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10663 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10666 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10667 then this function adds it.
10669 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10671 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10672 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10674 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10676 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10677 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10679 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10681 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10682 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10684 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10686 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10687 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10691 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10692 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10696 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10697 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10703 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20627
10704 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10707 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10708 Filesets initialization.
10709 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10715 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20533 49334
10717 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10719 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10720 Initiate the building of a find command.
10723 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10724 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10726 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10728 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10729 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10731 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10736 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10739 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10740 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10741 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10743 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10745 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10746 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10748 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10750 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10751 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10752 and run dired on those files.
10753 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10754 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10756 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10758 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10760 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10761 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10762 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10764 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10765 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10767 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10768 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10770 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10774 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10775 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10776 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
10777 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10779 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10780 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10781 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10782 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10783 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10784 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10785 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10787 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10789 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10790 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10791 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10793 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10795 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10797 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10799 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10800 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10801 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10803 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10804 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10806 Variables of interest include:
10808 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10809 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10810 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10812 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10813 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10814 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10816 - `ff-ignore-include'
10817 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10819 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10820 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10823 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10825 - `ff-special-constructs'
10826 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10827 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10828 extracting the filename from that construct.
10830 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10831 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10833 - `ff-search-directories'
10834 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10835 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10837 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10838 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10840 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10841 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10843 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10844 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10846 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10847 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10849 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10850 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10852 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10854 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10855 Visit the file you click on.
10857 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10859 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10860 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10862 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10866 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10867 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10868 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10869 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10870 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10871 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10872 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10875 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10876 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10877 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10879 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10881 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10882 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10883 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10884 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10886 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10887 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10888 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10889 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10891 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10893 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10894 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10896 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10897 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10898 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10899 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10901 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10902 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10903 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10905 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10906 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10909 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10911 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10912 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10914 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10915 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10916 places point before the definition.
10917 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10919 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10920 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10921 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10923 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10925 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10926 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10928 See `find-function' for more details.
10930 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10932 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10933 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10935 See `find-function' for more details.
10937 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10939 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10940 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10942 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10943 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10944 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10946 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10947 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10949 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10951 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10952 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10954 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10955 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10956 places point before the definition.
10958 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10960 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10961 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10962 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10964 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10966 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10967 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10969 See `find-variable' for more details.
10971 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10973 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10974 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10976 See `find-variable' for more details.
10978 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10980 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10981 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10982 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10983 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10984 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10985 buffer nor display it.
10987 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10988 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10990 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10992 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10993 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10995 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10996 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10997 places point before the definition.
10999 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11001 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11002 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11003 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11007 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11008 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11009 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11013 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11014 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11018 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11019 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11023 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11024 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11030 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11031 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20533 49334
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11035 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11036 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11038 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11040 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11041 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11045 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11046 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11048 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11052 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11053 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
11054 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11056 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11057 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11061 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11062 Display FILE's commentary section.
11063 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11067 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11068 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11074 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11075 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11078 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11079 Toggle flow control handling.
11080 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11081 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11083 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11085 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11086 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11087 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11088 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11089 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11090 to get the effect of a C-q.
11092 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11097 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11100 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11103 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11105 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11108 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11112 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11113 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20641 21435
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11117 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11118 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11120 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11121 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11125 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11126 Turn flymake mode on.
11130 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11131 Turn flymake mode off.
11135 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11143 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11144 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
11145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11148 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11151 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11153 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11154 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11155 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11156 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11157 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11159 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11160 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11161 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11164 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11165 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11166 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11167 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11170 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11173 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11174 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11175 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11177 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11179 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11182 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11183 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11187 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11188 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11192 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11193 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11197 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11198 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11202 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11203 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11205 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11208 Flyspell whole buffer.
11214 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11215 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11219 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11220 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11224 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11225 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11229 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11230 Toggle Follow mode.
11231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11235 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11236 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11238 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11239 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11240 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11242 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11243 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11244 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11247 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11248 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11249 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11250 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11251 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11254 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11255 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11257 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11259 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11261 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11262 \\{follow-mode-map}
11264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11266 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11267 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11269 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11270 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11271 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11272 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11273 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11274 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11276 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11277 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11278 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20627
11285 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11288 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11289 Toggle Footnote mode.
11290 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11291 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11292 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11294 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11295 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11296 play around with the following keys:
11297 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11303 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11304 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
11305 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11307 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11308 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11310 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11311 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11312 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11313 C-c < forms-first-record <
11314 C-c > forms-last-record >
11315 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11316 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11317 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11318 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11319 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11320 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11321 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11322 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11323 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11324 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11326 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11328 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11329 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11333 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11334 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11341 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
11342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11344 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11345 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11346 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11348 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11349 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11351 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11354 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11356 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11358 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11359 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11360 `fortran-do-indent'
11361 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11362 `fortran-if-indent'
11363 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11364 `fortran-structure-indent'
11365 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11367 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11368 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11369 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11370 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11371 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11372 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11373 nil don't change the indentation
11374 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11376 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11377 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11378 depending on the continuation format in use.
11379 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11380 indentation for a line of code.
11382 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11383 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11384 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11385 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11386 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11387 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11388 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11389 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11390 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11391 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11393 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11394 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11395 statements (default nil).
11396 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11397 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11398 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11399 `fortran-continuation-string'
11400 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11401 line (default \"$\").
11402 `fortran-comment-region'
11403 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11404 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11405 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11406 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11407 as typed (default t).
11408 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11409 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11411 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11412 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11418 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11419 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20533 49334
11421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11423 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11424 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11426 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11427 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11429 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11431 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11432 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11434 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11435 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11437 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11439 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11440 Compile fortune file.
11442 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11443 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11445 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11447 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11448 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11450 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11451 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11452 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11453 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11455 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11457 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11458 Display a fortune cookie.
11459 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11460 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11461 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11462 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11464 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11468 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11469 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11472 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11473 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11474 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11476 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11478 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11479 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11480 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11481 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11482 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11483 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11484 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11488 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11489 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11490 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11491 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11493 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11494 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11495 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11496 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11497 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11499 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11500 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11501 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11502 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11504 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11505 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11506 shown in some of the buffers.
11508 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11510 The following commands help control operation :
11512 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11513 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11515 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11516 detailed description of this mode.
11519 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11521 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11522 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11526 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11527 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11528 | | (comint-mode) |
11535 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11536 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11537 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11538 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11539 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11540 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11542 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11546 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11547 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20627
11548 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11551 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11552 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11553 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11554 instead (which see).")
11556 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11557 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11559 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11560 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11561 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11562 documentation string instead.
11564 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11565 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11566 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11567 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11568 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11569 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11570 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11571 enders are actually possible.
11573 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11574 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11576 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11577 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11578 `font-lock-keywords'.
11580 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11581 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11582 runs the macro expansion.
11584 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11585 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11586 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11588 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11590 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11592 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11594 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11596 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11597 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11599 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11601 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11602 Enter generic mode MODE.
11604 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11605 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11606 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11608 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11609 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11613 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11614 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11615 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11616 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11617 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11618 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11619 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11620 `font-lock-keywords'.
11622 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11626 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11627 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
11628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11630 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11631 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11634 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11635 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11641 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11642 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11643 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
11644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11646 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11647 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11648 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11650 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11652 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11653 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11655 Guideline for numbers:
11657 3 - non-serious error messages
11658 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11659 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11660 9 - messages inside loops.
11662 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11664 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11665 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11666 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11668 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11670 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11671 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11673 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11675 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11676 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11678 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11679 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11680 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11681 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11682 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11683 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11685 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11686 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11687 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11688 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11689 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11691 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11693 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11697 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11698 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20627 5636 279161
11700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11701 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11702 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11704 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11705 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11709 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11711 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11712 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11713 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11714 name of an NNTP server to use.
11715 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11718 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11720 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11721 Read news as a slave.
11723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11725 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11726 Pop up a frame to read news.
11727 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11728 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11729 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11730 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11731 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11732 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11733 current display is used.
11735 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11737 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11739 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11740 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11741 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11743 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11747 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11748 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11749 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11750 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11751 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11752 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11755 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11756 Start Gnus unplugged.
11760 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11761 Start Gnus plugged.
11765 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11766 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11771 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11773 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11774 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11775 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11777 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11778 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11779 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11783 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11784 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11788 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11789 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11790 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11791 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11792 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11795 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11797 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11798 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11799 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11800 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11801 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11804 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11806 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11811 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11812 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11813 downloaded into the agent.
11815 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11817 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11818 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11819 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11820 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11822 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11829 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11830 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11834 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11835 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11836 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11838 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11843 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
11844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11846 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11847 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11853 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11854 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20533 49334 755743
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11858 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11859 Set a bookmark for this article.
11863 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11864 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11866 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11868 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11869 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11870 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11871 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11872 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11878 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11879 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11880 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20533
11881 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11884 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11885 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11888 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11892 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11893 Generate the cache active file.
11895 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11897 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11898 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11902 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11903 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11904 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11905 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11906 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11909 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11911 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11912 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11913 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11914 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11915 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11918 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11923 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
11924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11926 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11927 Delay this article by some time.
11928 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11930 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11931 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11933 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11934 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11936 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11937 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11939 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11941 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11942 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11946 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11947 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11948 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11949 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11951 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11952 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11954 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11958 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11959 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20647 7990 336071 0))
11960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11962 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11965 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11967 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11970 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11974 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11975 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11978 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11979 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11985 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11986 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11989 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11990 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11997 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11998 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20627
11999 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12002 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12003 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12007 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12008 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12012 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12013 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12015 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12016 different input formats.
12020 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12021 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12023 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12024 different input formats.
12028 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12030 The PNG is returned as a string.
12032 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12034 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12035 Convert FILE to a Face.
12036 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12039 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12044 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20533 49334 755743
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12048 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12049 Display gravatar in the From header.
12050 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12052 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12054 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12055 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12056 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12062 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12063 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
12064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12066 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12067 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12068 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12069 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12071 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12073 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12074 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12076 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12081 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12084 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12087 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12089 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12092 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12096 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12097 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12100 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12102 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12103 Run batched scoring.
12104 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12110 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12111 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12112 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12115 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12120 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12121 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12122 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12124 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12127 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12129 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12136 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12140 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12141 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12142 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12143 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12146 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12147 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12148 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12149 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12151 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12152 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12153 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12154 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12155 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12156 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12157 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12158 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12159 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12160 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12162 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12164 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12165 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12166 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12169 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12170 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12172 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12174 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12175 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12176 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12178 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12182 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12183 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12184 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12186 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12188 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12189 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12190 existing groups are considered.
12192 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12193 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12196 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12197 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12198 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12199 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12200 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12201 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12202 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12203 clauses will be generated.
12205 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12206 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12207 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12208 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12209 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12210 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12212 For example, given the following group parameters:
12215 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12216 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12218 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12219 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12220 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12221 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12223 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12225 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12227 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12229 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12230 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12233 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12238 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12241 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12242 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12243 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12244 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12245 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12248 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12250 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12253 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12255 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12256 Like `message-reply'.
12258 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12260 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12264 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12265 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12268 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12269 Send a notification on new message.
12270 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12271 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12272 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12274 This is typically a function to add in
12275 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12281 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12282 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12283 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12286 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12287 Display picons in the From header.
12288 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12292 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12293 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12294 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12298 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12299 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12300 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12307 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12308 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12309 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12310 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
12311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12313 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12314 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12315 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12316 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12320 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12321 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12322 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12325 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12327 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12328 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12329 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12331 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12333 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12336 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12338 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12339 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12340 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12342 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12344 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12345 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12346 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12348 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12350 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12352 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12353 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12354 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12356 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12360 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12365 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12366 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12368 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12370 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12371 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12373 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12377 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12378 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20627 5636 279161
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12382 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12383 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12387 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12388 Install the registry hooks.
12394 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12395 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20533
12396 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
12397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12399 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12400 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12401 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12402 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12403 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12404 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12408 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12409 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12410 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12411 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12412 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12416 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12424 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12427 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12428 Update the format specification near point.
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12435 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12438 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12439 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12441 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12445 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12446 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12449 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12450 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12451 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12453 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12458 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12461 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12462 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12466 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12467 Install the sync hooks.
12473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12474 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12477 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12478 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12480 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12484 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12485 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12488 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12489 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12490 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12491 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12492 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12493 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12495 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12497 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20627 5636
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12505 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12506 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12508 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12509 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12510 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12512 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12513 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12514 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12516 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12517 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12519 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12520 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12522 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12524 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12528 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12529 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20627
12530 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12533 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12535 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12536 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12537 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12538 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12539 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12541 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12543 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12544 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12545 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12547 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12548 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12550 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12551 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12554 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12556 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12557 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12559 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12560 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12564 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12565 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12571 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12572 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12575 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12576 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12577 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12579 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12581 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12582 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12584 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12588 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12589 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12590 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20627 5636
12592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12594 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12595 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12597 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12599 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12600 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12601 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12602 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12603 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12605 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12606 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12607 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12609 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12611 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12612 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12613 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12614 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12615 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12617 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12619 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12620 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12622 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12624 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12625 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12627 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12628 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12629 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12631 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12632 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12633 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12635 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12636 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12637 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12638 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12640 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12641 How to invoke find and grep.
12642 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12643 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12644 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12645 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12647 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12649 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12650 History list for grep.")
12652 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12653 History list for grep-find.")
12655 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12656 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12657 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12661 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12666 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12667 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12671 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12672 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12673 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12674 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12675 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12677 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12678 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12680 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12681 can easily repeat a grep command.
12683 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12684 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12685 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12688 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12690 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12691 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12692 Collect output in a buffer.
12693 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12694 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12696 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12697 easily repeat a find command.
12699 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12701 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12703 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12704 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12705 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12706 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12707 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12709 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12710 before it is executed.
12711 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12713 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12714 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12715 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12717 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12719 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12721 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12722 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12723 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12724 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12725 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12727 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12728 before it is executed.
12729 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12731 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12732 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12733 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12734 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12736 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12738 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12739 to specify a command to run.
12741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12743 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12744 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12745 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12746 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12748 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12750 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12754 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20533 49334 755743
12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12758 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12759 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12760 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12761 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12762 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12764 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12768 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12769 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20627 5636
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12773 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12774 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12775 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12776 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12778 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12780 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12781 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12782 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12783 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12785 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12787 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12788 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12789 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12790 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12792 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12794 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12795 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12796 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12797 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12799 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12800 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12804 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12805 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12806 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12807 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12809 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12811 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12812 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12813 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12814 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12816 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12818 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12819 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12820 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12821 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12822 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12824 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12825 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12826 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12827 original source file access method.
12829 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12830 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12835 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12839 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12840 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12841 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12844 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12846 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12848 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12849 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12851 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12852 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12858 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12859 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12860 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20647 7990 336071 0))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12863 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12864 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12865 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12866 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12867 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12868 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12869 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12871 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12873 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12875 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12876 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12877 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12879 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12880 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12881 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12883 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12884 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12886 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12888 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12890 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12891 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12892 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12893 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12894 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12896 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12898 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12900 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12903 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12905 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12907 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12909 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12910 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12911 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12912 well for simple place forms.
12913 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12914 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12915 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12916 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12917 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12918 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12919 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12921 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12923 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12925 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12926 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12927 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12928 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12929 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12931 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12932 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12934 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12936 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12938 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12940 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12941 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12942 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12943 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12944 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12945 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12947 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12949 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12953 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20627
12954 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12957 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12958 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12959 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12960 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12962 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12963 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12964 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12965 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12972 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12975 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12976 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12978 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12980 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12981 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12982 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12983 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12985 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12989 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12990 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12991 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12992 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12999 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
13000 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13001 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
13002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13004 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13005 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13009 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13010 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13011 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13015 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13016 Verify a hashcash payment
13018 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13020 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13021 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13022 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13023 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13024 `mail-add-payment-async').
13026 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13028 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13029 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13030 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13031 Calculation is asynchronous.
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13036 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13037 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13043 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13044 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13045 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13046 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20533 49334
13048 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13050 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13051 Return the help-echo string at point.
13052 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13053 property, or nil, is returned.
13054 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13055 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13056 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13058 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13060 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13061 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13062 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13063 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13064 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13068 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13069 Display local help in the echo area.
13070 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13071 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13072 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13075 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13076 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13077 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13081 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13082 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13083 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13087 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13088 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13089 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13093 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13094 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13095 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13096 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13097 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13098 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13099 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13100 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13101 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13102 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13103 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13105 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13106 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13107 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13108 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13109 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13111 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13112 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13113 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13114 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13115 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13116 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13117 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13118 The default is `never'.")
13120 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13122 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13123 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13124 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13125 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13126 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13127 considered different regions.
13129 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13130 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13131 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13132 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13133 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13134 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13135 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13136 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13137 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13139 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13141 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13142 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13143 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13144 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13147 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13148 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13149 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13150 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13151 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13152 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13153 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13154 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13156 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13157 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13158 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13159 rarely happens in practice.
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13163 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13164 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13165 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13166 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13167 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13168 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13174 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13175 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13176 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13177 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
13178 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13180 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13181 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13183 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13185 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13186 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13187 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13189 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13191 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13192 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13193 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13194 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13195 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13196 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13197 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13198 search for a function definition.
13200 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13201 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13202 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13203 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13204 suitable file is found, return nil.
13206 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13208 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13211 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13213 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13214 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13215 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13216 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13218 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13220 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13221 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13222 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13223 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13224 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13225 it is displayed along with the global value.
13227 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13229 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13230 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13231 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13232 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13234 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13236 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13237 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13238 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13239 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13240 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13244 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13245 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13249 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13250 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13256 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13257 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13260 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13261 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13262 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13263 window listing and describing the options.
13264 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13265 gives the window that lists the options.")
13267 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13271 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13272 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13273 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13274 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
13275 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13277 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13278 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13279 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13285 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13290 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13295 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13296 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13298 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13299 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13300 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13301 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13303 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13304 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13305 restore it properly when going back.
13307 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13309 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13310 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13311 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13312 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13314 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13315 it does not already exist.
13319 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13320 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13322 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13323 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13324 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13325 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13326 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13327 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13328 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13329 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13331 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13332 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13333 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13334 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13336 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13337 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13340 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13342 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13343 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13344 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13345 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13346 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13347 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13349 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13351 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13352 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13353 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13354 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13355 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13357 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13359 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13360 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13362 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13364 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13365 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13366 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13367 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13369 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13374 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13377 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13378 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13382 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13383 Provide help for current mode.
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13390 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
13391 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13393 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13394 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13395 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13396 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13397 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13399 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13400 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13402 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13403 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13404 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13405 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13407 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13408 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13411 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13416 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13417 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13418 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13419 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13420 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13421 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13422 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13423 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13424 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13425 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13426 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13427 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13428 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13429 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13430 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13432 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13433 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13434 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13436 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13439 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13441 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13442 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13443 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13445 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13446 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13447 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13449 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13450 into the buffer at the current point.
13452 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13453 into the buffer at the current point.
13455 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13456 into the buffer at the current point.
13458 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13460 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13461 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13463 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13465 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13470 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13471 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13472 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13474 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13476 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13477 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13478 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13485 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13486 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13487 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
13488 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13490 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13491 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13496 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13497 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13498 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13499 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13501 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13502 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13503 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13504 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13506 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13507 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13508 which can be called interactively, are:
13510 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13511 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13513 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13514 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13515 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13516 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13518 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13519 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13521 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13522 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13524 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13525 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13526 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13527 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13528 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13529 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13530 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13531 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13532 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13533 function returns t.
13535 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13536 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13538 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13539 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13543 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13544 position (number of characters into buffer)
13545 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13546 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13547 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13551 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13552 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13553 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13556 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13558 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13560 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13561 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13562 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13563 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13564 ARG is omitted or nil.
13566 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13567 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13568 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13572 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13574 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13575 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13576 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13577 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13579 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13580 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13581 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13582 updated as you type.
13584 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13586 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13588 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13589 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13590 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13591 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13593 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13594 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13595 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13596 updated as you type.
13598 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13600 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13602 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13603 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13604 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13605 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13607 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13608 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13609 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13610 updated as you type.
13612 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13614 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13616 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13617 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13618 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13619 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13621 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13623 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13624 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13626 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13627 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13628 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13634 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13635 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
13636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13638 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13639 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13644 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13645 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13646 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13647 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13650 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13651 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13654 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13655 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13656 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13657 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13658 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13661 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13662 #endif lines when hiding.
13664 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13665 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13668 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13669 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13670 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13672 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13678 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13679 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13682 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13683 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13684 Each element has the form
13685 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13687 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13688 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13690 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13691 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13693 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13694 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13695 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13696 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13697 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13698 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13700 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13701 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13703 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13704 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13706 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13707 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13708 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13710 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13711 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13713 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13714 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13716 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13717 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13718 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13720 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13721 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13722 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13724 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13725 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13727 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13730 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13734 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13735 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13741 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13742 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13743 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13744 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13745 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20533
13746 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
13747 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13749 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13750 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13751 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13752 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13753 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13755 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13756 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13757 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13760 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13761 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13762 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13763 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13764 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13765 through various faces.
13766 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13767 buffer with the contents of a file
13768 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13772 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13773 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13775 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13776 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13778 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13779 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13780 in a distinctive face.
13782 The default value can be customized with variable
13783 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13785 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13789 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13790 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13791 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13793 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13795 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13796 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13800 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13801 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13805 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13806 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13808 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13809 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13810 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13811 shown in the last face in the list.
13813 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13814 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13815 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13817 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13821 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13824 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13826 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13829 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13830 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13832 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13833 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13834 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13836 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13838 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13839 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13841 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13842 this function is called interactively.
13844 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13845 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13846 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13848 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13849 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13850 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13852 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13854 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13855 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13856 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13859 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13861 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13863 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13864 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13865 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13866 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13867 ARG is omitted or nil.
13869 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13870 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13871 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13877 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand) "hippie-exp"
13878 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
13879 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13881 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13882 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13883 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13884 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13885 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13887 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13888 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13889 undoes the expansion.
13893 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13894 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13895 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13896 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13898 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13902 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13903 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
13904 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13906 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13907 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13908 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13909 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13910 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13912 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13913 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13914 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13915 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13916 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13917 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13919 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13920 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13921 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13922 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13926 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13927 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13928 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13931 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13933 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13935 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13936 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13938 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13939 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13941 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13942 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13945 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13946 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13952 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13953 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13954 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13955 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13956 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
13957 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13959 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13961 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13962 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13965 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13967 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13971 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13973 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13975 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13977 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13981 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13987 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13989 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13991 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13992 User defined holidays.
13993 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13995 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13997 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14000 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14002 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14005 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14007 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14009 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14010 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14012 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14014 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14015 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14017 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14019 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14021 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14023 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14025 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14027 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14029 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14031 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14032 Christian holidays.
14033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14035 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14037 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14039 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14041 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14047 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14049 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14051 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14055 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14057 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14059 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14061 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14062 Sun-related holidays.
14063 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14065 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14067 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14069 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14071 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14072 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14073 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14074 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14078 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14079 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14080 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14081 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14082 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14084 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14085 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14087 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14088 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14090 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14091 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14092 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14093 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14096 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14098 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14100 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14104 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20533
14105 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
14106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14108 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14109 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14115 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14116 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
14117 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14119 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14120 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14121 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14122 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14125 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14126 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14129 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14130 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14132 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14133 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14134 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14136 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14138 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14139 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14140 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14142 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14144 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14148 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14149 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20627
14150 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14153 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14154 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14156 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14157 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14158 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14160 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14161 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14162 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14163 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14164 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14165 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14167 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14168 title of the column.
14170 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14171 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14172 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14173 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14174 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14176 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14178 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14179 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14180 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14181 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14182 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14184 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14185 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14186 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14188 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14190 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14191 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14192 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14193 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14194 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14195 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14197 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14198 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14199 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14200 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14201 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14202 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14203 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14204 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14206 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14207 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14208 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14209 buffer's modification flag.
14210 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14211 prompted before performing this operation.
14212 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14213 operation is complete, in the form:
14214 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14215 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14216 confirmation message, in the form:
14217 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14218 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14219 macro for exactly what it does.
14221 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14223 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14224 Define a filter named NAME.
14225 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14226 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14227 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14229 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14230 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14231 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14232 bound to the current value of the filter.
14234 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14238 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14239 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20641 21435 927560 0))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14242 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14243 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14244 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14245 buffers which are visiting a file.
14247 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14249 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14250 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14251 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14252 buffers which are visiting a file.
14254 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14256 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14257 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14258 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14260 All arguments are optional.
14261 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14262 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14263 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14264 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14265 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14266 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14267 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14268 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14269 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14270 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14271 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14272 that value locally in this buffer.
14274 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14278 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14279 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14280 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
14281 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14283 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14284 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14285 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14286 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14288 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14290 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14291 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14292 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14293 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14295 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14296 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14297 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14299 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14301 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14302 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14303 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14304 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14305 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14306 non-marking or not.
14308 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14310 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14311 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14313 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14314 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14317 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14318 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14319 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14321 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14324 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14325 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14326 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14328 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14332 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20627
14333 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
14334 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14336 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14337 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14338 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14341 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14343 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14345 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14346 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14348 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14349 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14355 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20627 5636
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14359 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14360 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14361 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14362 Tab indents for Icon code.
14363 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14364 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14366 Variables controlling indentation style:
14367 icon-tab-always-indent
14368 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14369 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14371 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14372 inserted in Icon code.
14374 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14375 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14376 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14377 icon-continued-statement-offset
14378 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14379 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14380 icon-continued-brace-offset
14381 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14382 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14384 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14385 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14386 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14387 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14389 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14390 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14396 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14397 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14400 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14401 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14402 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14403 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14405 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14406 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14409 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14410 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14412 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14413 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14414 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14418 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14422 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14423 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14426 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14427 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14429 The main features of this mode are
14431 1. Indentation and Formatting
14432 --------------------------
14433 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14434 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14436 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14437 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14438 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14439 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14441 Comments are indented as follows:
14443 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14444 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14445 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14447 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14449 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14450 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14451 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14452 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14453 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14454 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14456 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14457 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14458 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14459 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14463 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14464 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14465 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14466 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14467 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14468 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14469 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14470 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14471 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14472 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14477 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14478 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14479 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14480 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14484 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14485 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14486 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14487 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14488 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14491 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14492 --------------------------------
14493 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14494 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14496 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14497 \\fu FUNCTION template
14498 \\c CASE statement template
14499 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14500 \\f FOR loop template
14501 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14502 \\w WHILE loop template
14503 \\i IF statement template
14504 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14507 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14508 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14510 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14511 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14512 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14513 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14515 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14516 -------------------------
14517 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14518 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14520 7. Automatic END completion
14521 ------------------------
14522 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14523 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14527 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14528 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14530 9. Documentation and Customization
14531 -------------------------------
14532 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14533 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14534 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14535 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14536 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14540 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14541 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14542 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14544 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14551 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14552 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14553 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14554 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14555 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14556 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14557 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20638
14558 ;;;;;; 33866 241652 0))
14559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14561 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14562 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14563 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14564 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14566 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14567 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14568 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14571 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14573 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14575 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14576 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14577 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14578 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14579 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14580 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14581 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14582 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14583 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14587 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14588 Switch to another buffer.
14589 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14590 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14593 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14594 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14595 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14596 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14597 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14599 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14600 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14602 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14604 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14605 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14606 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14607 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14608 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14609 in a separate window.
14610 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14611 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14612 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14613 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14614 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14615 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14616 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14617 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14618 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14622 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14623 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14624 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14625 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14629 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14630 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14631 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14632 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14636 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14638 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14639 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14643 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14644 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14645 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14646 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14650 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14651 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14652 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14653 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14657 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14658 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14662 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14663 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14664 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14665 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14666 visible in another frame.
14668 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14669 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14670 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14671 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14672 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14673 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14675 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14676 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14678 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14680 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14681 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14682 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14683 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14684 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14685 in a separate window.
14686 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14687 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14688 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14689 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14690 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14691 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14692 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14693 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14694 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14699 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14700 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14704 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14705 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14706 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14707 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14711 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14713 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14718 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14719 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14720 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14726 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14727 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14733 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14734 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14739 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14740 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14741 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14746 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14748 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14753 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14754 Write current buffer to a file.
14755 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14760 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14761 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14767 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14768 Call `dired' the ido way.
14769 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14774 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14775 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14776 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14777 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14778 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14779 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14781 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14783 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14784 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14785 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14786 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14788 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14790 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14791 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14792 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14793 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14795 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14797 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14798 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14799 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14800 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14801 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14802 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14803 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14804 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14805 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14806 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14807 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14808 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14809 with point positioned at the end.
14810 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14811 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14813 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14817 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
14818 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14820 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14821 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14822 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20533 49334
14830 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14832 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14834 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14835 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14839 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14845 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14846 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14847 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14848 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14849 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14850 ;;;;;; (20648 29674 854535 0))
14851 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14853 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14854 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14855 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14860 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14861 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14862 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14867 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14868 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14869 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14872 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14874 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14875 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14876 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14881 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14882 Determine and return image type.
14883 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14884 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14885 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14886 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14887 use its file extension as image type.
14888 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14890 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14892 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14893 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14894 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14896 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14898 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14899 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14900 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14902 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14903 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14904 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14905 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14910 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14912 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14913 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14914 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14915 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14916 use its file extension as image type.
14917 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14918 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14919 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14920 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14922 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14924 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14925 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14926 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14928 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14930 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14931 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14932 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14933 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14934 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14935 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14936 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14937 POS may be an integer or marker.
14938 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14939 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14940 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14941 means display it in the right marginal area.
14943 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14946 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14947 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14948 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14949 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14950 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14951 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14952 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14953 means display it in the right marginal area.
14954 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14955 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14956 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14957 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14958 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14960 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14962 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14963 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14964 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14965 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14966 STRING is a single space.
14967 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14968 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14969 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14970 means display it in the right marginal area.
14971 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14973 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14975 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14976 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14977 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14978 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14980 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14982 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14983 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14985 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14987 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14988 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14989 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14990 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14991 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14992 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14993 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14994 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14997 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14999 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15001 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15003 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15004 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15006 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15007 documentation string.
15009 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15010 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15011 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15012 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15013 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15014 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15015 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15020 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15021 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15023 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15025 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15027 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15028 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15029 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15030 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15032 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15033 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15034 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15035 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15037 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15043 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15044 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15045 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15046 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15047 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15048 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15049 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15050 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
15051 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15053 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15054 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15055 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15056 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15057 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15058 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15062 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15063 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15065 Convenience command that:
15067 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15068 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15069 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15071 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15072 image files in dired and type
15073 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15075 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15077 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15078 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15080 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15082 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15083 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15084 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15085 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15086 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15089 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15090 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15091 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15093 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15094 instead of erasing it first.
15096 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15097 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15098 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15099 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15100 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15101 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15103 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15106 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15107 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15108 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15113 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15115 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15118 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15123 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15124 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15128 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15129 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15133 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15134 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15135 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15136 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15141 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15145 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15146 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15150 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15151 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15155 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15156 Display current image file.
15157 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15158 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15163 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15168 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15169 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15170 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15171 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15172 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15173 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15178 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15179 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15186 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15187 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15188 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15191 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15192 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15193 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15194 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15196 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15197 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15198 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15199 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15201 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15203 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15204 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15205 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15206 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15208 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15209 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15210 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15211 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15213 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15215 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15216 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15220 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15221 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15222 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15223 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15225 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15227 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15228 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15229 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15232 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15234 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15236 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15237 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15242 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15243 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15244 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15250 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15251 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20656 14464 753081
15253 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15255 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15256 Major mode for image files.
15257 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15258 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15262 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15263 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15264 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15265 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15266 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15268 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15269 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15274 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15275 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15276 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15277 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15278 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15279 to display an image file as the actual image.
15281 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15282 to display an image file as text initially.
15284 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15289 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15292 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15296 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15297 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20627 5636 279161
15299 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15301 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15302 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15304 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15306 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15307 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15310 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15312 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15313 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15314 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15316 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15318 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15319 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15320 Each element of this list should have the form
15322 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15324 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15325 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15326 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15328 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15329 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15330 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15331 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15333 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15334 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15336 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15337 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15338 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15341 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15342 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15343 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15345 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15346 create a buffer index.
15348 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15349 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15350 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15351 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15352 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15354 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15356 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15357 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15359 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15360 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15361 called within a `save-excursion'.
15363 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15365 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15367 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15368 Function for finding the next index position.
15370 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15371 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15372 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15375 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15376 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15378 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15380 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15381 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15383 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15384 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15385 It should return the name for that index item.")
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15389 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15390 Function to compare string with index item.
15392 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15393 non-nil if they match.
15395 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15396 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15397 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15398 arguments match\".")
15400 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15402 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15403 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15404 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15407 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15413 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15414 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15415 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15416 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15420 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15421 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15423 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15427 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15428 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15429 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15430 for more information.
15432 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15436 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15437 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15438 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
15439 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15441 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15442 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15444 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15446 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15449 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15451 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15454 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15456 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15459 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15461 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15462 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15464 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15468 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15469 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
15470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15472 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15473 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15474 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15476 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15477 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15478 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15479 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15483 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15487 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15488 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15489 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15490 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15491 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20656 24810 495254
15493 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15495 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15496 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15497 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15498 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15499 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15500 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15501 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15502 first in this list.
15504 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15505 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15506 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15507 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15508 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15510 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15511 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15512 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15514 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15515 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15517 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15518 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15520 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15521 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15522 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15523 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15524 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15525 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15526 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15527 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15528 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15529 with the top-level Info directory.
15531 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15532 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15533 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15534 appended to the Info buffer name.
15536 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15537 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15538 in all the directories in that path.
15540 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15542 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15544 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15545 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15549 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15550 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15554 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15555 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15556 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15557 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15561 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15562 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15563 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15564 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15566 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15568 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15569 Go to the Info directory node.
15573 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15574 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15575 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15576 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15577 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15578 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15580 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15582 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15583 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15584 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15586 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15588 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15589 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15590 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15591 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15592 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15594 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15596 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15597 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15598 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15599 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15600 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15602 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15603 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15605 Selecting other nodes:
15606 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15607 Follow a node reference you click on.
15608 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15609 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15610 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15611 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15612 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15613 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15614 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15615 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15616 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15617 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15618 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15619 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15620 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15621 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15622 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15623 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15624 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15625 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15626 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15627 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15629 Moving within a node:
15630 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15631 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15632 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15633 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15634 move up to the parent node.
15635 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15636 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15638 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15641 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15642 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15643 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15644 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15645 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15646 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15647 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15648 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15649 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15650 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15651 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15652 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15653 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15654 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15655 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15656 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15659 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15661 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15662 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15663 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15664 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15665 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15666 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15668 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15669 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15671 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15672 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15674 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15675 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15676 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15677 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15681 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15682 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15683 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15687 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15688 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15689 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15691 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15693 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15694 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15696 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15700 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15701 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15702 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
15703 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15705 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15706 Throw away all cached data.
15707 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15708 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15712 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15714 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15715 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15716 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15717 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15718 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15719 one found at point.
15721 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15723 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15724 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15726 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15727 Display the documentation of a file.
15728 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15729 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15730 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15731 The default file name is the one found at point.
15733 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15735 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15737 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15738 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15740 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15742 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15743 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15745 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15749 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15750 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15751 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
15752 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15754 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15755 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15756 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15757 current info file is the default.
15759 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15760 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15761 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15762 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15763 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15765 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15766 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15767 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15768 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15769 mistake in the reference.
15771 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15772 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15773 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15775 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15776 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15777 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15778 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15780 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15782 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15783 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15784 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15785 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15788 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15789 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15790 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15791 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15792 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15793 should be harmless.
15797 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15798 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15799 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15800 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15802 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15803 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15804 and can take a long time.
15808 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15809 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15810 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15812 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15814 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15815 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15817 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15818 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15819 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15820 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15823 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15824 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15825 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15826 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15829 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15833 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15834 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20533 49334 755743
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15838 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15839 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15841 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15843 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15844 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15846 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15848 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15849 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15850 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15851 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15853 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15854 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15855 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15857 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15858 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15859 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15860 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15864 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15865 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15866 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15870 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15871 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15872 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15873 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15874 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15880 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15881 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
15882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15884 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15885 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15886 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15888 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15892 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15893 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15894 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15897 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15898 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15902 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15903 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15907 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15910 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15914 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20533
15915 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15918 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15919 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15920 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15921 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15922 accessed via isearchb.
15928 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15929 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15930 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15931 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15934 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15935 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15936 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15937 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15938 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15940 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15942 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15943 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15944 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15945 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15948 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15950 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15951 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15952 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15953 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15954 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15956 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15958 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15959 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15960 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15961 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15962 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15964 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15966 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15967 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15968 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15969 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15972 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15974 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15975 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15976 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15977 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15978 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15980 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15982 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15983 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15984 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15985 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15986 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15988 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15990 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15991 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15992 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15997 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15999 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16000 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16002 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16004 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16005 Warn that format is read-only.
16007 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Warn that format is write-only.
16012 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16014 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16022 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
16023 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16024 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16025 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16029 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16030 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16031 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16032 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16033 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
16034 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16036 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16038 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16039 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16040 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16041 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16042 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16044 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16046 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16048 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16049 Key map for ispell menu.")
16051 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16052 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16053 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16054 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16056 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16058 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16060 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16062 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16064 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16065 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16066 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16067 Valid forms include:
16068 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16069 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16070 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16071 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16073 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16074 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16075 First list is used raw.
16076 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16078 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16079 for skipping in latex mode.")
16081 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16082 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16083 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16084 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16085 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16086 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16087 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16089 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16090 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16091 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16092 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16094 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16095 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16096 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16097 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16098 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16100 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16101 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16103 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16104 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16106 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16107 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16109 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16110 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16113 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16114 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16115 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16116 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16117 quit spell session exited.
16119 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16121 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16122 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16123 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16125 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16127 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16128 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16132 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16133 SPC: Accept word this time.
16134 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16135 `a': Accept word for this session.
16136 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16137 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16138 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16139 `?': Show these commands.
16140 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16141 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16142 the aborted check to be completed later.
16143 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16144 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16145 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16146 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16147 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16148 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16149 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16153 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16154 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16155 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16156 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16158 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16160 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16161 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16162 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16163 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16165 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16167 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16169 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16170 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16171 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16172 amount for last line processed.
16174 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16176 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16177 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16181 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16182 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16186 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16187 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16191 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16192 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16193 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16194 sequence inside of a word.
16196 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16198 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16200 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16201 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16205 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16206 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16207 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16208 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16210 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16211 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16212 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16213 available on the net.
16217 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16218 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16223 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16224 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16227 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16228 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16231 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16232 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16236 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16237 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16238 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16239 Don't check included messages.
16241 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16242 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16243 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16245 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16247 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16248 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16249 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16250 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16252 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16253 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16254 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16260 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20627
16261 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
16262 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16264 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16265 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16266 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16269 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16271 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16273 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16274 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16276 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16277 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16279 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16280 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16286 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16287 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16288 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16289 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20533 49334 755743
16291 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16293 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16298 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16299 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16300 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16301 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16302 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16303 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16304 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16305 necessary to represent OBJ.
16307 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16309 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16310 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16311 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16312 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16314 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16316 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16317 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16318 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16319 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16320 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16322 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16324 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16325 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16326 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16327 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16329 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16331 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16332 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16333 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16334 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16336 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16338 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16341 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16343 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16344 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16345 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16346 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16347 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16349 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16351 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16352 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16353 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16354 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16355 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16357 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16359 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16360 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16361 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16363 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16367 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16368 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
16369 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16371 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16372 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16373 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16374 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16376 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16379 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16381 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16382 Uninstall jka-compr.
16383 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16384 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16385 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16391 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20627 5636 279161
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16395 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16396 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16400 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16404 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16405 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16406 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16409 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16410 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16411 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16412 decimal key must be specified.")
16414 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16416 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16417 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16418 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16419 decimal key must be specified.")
16421 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16423 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16424 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16425 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16426 decimal key must be specified.")
16428 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16430 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16431 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16432 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16433 decimal key must be specified.")
16435 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16437 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16438 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16439 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16440 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16441 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16445 -------------------------------------------------------------
16446 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16447 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16448 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16449 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16450 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16451 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16452 in the global and local keymaps.
16454 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16455 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16457 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16461 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16462 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16465 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16466 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16467 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16469 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16470 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16471 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16472 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16475 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16476 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16477 the context of text formatting.
16479 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16483 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20533
16484 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
16485 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16487 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16488 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16489 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16490 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16491 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16492 positions that contains the current selection.")
16494 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16495 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16496 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16497 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16498 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16499 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16500 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16506 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16507 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16508 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16509 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
16510 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16511 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16512 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16513 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16514 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16515 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16516 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16517 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16519 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16520 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16522 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16524 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16525 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16526 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16527 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16528 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16530 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16532 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16533 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16534 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16536 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16537 defining the macro.
16539 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16540 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16541 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16543 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16544 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16548 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16549 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16550 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16551 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16552 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16555 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16556 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16557 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16561 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16562 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16563 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16565 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16566 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16567 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16568 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16570 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16571 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16573 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16575 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16576 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16577 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16579 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16582 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16583 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16585 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16586 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16587 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16589 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16590 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16594 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16595 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16596 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16597 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16599 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16601 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16602 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16603 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16604 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16606 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16607 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16609 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16611 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16612 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16613 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16615 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16619 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16620 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
16621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16623 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16624 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16625 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16627 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16634 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16635 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16638 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16640 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16641 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16645 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16646 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16647 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16648 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16650 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16651 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16652 none / 1 | yes | no
16657 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16658 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16659 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16665 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16666 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16667 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
16668 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16670 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16673 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16675 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16676 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16677 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16678 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16679 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16680 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16682 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16683 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16685 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16687 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16688 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16690 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16692 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16695 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16697 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16700 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16704 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16705 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16706 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20533 49334 755743
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16710 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16711 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16712 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16713 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16715 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16717 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16718 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16719 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16721 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16723 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16724 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16725 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16729 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16730 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16731 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16732 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16734 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16738 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16739 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20627 5636
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16743 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16744 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16745 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16746 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16747 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16748 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16749 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16750 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16752 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16753 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16756 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16758 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16760 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16761 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16762 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16763 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16764 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16765 `latin1-display-setup'.
16767 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16769 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16771 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16772 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16775 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16777 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16781 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16782 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
16783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16785 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16786 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16792 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20627 5636 279161
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16796 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16797 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16798 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16799 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16800 generations (this defaults to 1).
16802 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16807 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16810 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16811 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16813 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16814 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16816 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16820 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16821 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16822 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16825 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16827 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16829 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16830 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16831 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16832 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16833 ARG is omitted or nil.
16835 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16836 `linum-on' would do it.
16837 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16843 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20627
16844 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16847 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16848 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16849 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16850 is nil, raise an error.
16852 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16853 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16854 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16855 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16856 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16857 defined by the library.
16859 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16860 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16861 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16862 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16863 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16866 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16867 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16868 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16869 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16871 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16875 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16876 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16879 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16880 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16881 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16883 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16885 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16886 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16887 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16888 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16890 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16891 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16892 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16893 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16894 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16895 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16898 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16899 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16901 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16902 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16904 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16905 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16907 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16909 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16910 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16911 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16912 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16913 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16914 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16915 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16916 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16917 to constrain a big search.
16919 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16921 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16922 except that FILTER is not optional.
16924 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16928 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20627 5636
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16932 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16933 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16934 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16935 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16936 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16937 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16938 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16939 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16940 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16941 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16943 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16944 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16946 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16947 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16948 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16949 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16950 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16952 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16953 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16954 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16956 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16960 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20627
16961 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
16962 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16964 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16965 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20533
16972 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16975 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16976 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16977 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16978 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16979 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16981 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16982 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16983 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16986 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16987 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16988 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16990 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16991 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16998 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20627
16999 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
17000 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17002 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17003 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17005 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17006 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17008 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17009 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17010 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17012 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17013 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17015 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17016 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17017 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17018 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17019 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17020 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17021 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17023 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17025 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17026 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17027 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17028 switch on this list.
17029 See `lpr-command'.")
17031 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17033 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17034 Name of program for printing a file.
17036 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17037 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17038 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17039 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17040 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17041 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17044 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17046 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17047 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17048 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17049 for customization of the printer command.
17053 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17054 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17056 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17057 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17058 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17059 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17061 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17062 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17064 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17065 for further customization of the printer command.
17069 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17070 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17071 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17072 for customization of the printer command.
17074 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17076 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17077 Paginate and print the region contents.
17079 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17080 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17081 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17082 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17084 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17085 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17087 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17088 for further customization of the printer command.
17090 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17094 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17095 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
17096 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17098 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17099 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17100 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17102 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17106 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20627
17107 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
17108 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17110 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17111 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17112 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17113 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17117 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17121 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20627
17122 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
17123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17125 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17126 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17132 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17133 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20533 49334 755743
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17137 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17138 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17139 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17140 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17141 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17143 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17145 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17146 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17147 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17148 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17150 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17151 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17152 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17153 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17156 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17157 use this command, and then save the file.
17159 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17161 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17162 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17163 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17164 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17165 each time the macro executes.
17166 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17167 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17168 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17169 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17170 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17171 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17172 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17176 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17177 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17178 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17179 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17181 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17182 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17183 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17186 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17187 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17189 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17190 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17191 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17192 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17193 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17195 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17198 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17199 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17200 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17202 You could enter the names in this format:
17208 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17211 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17214 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17215 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17217 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17218 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17222 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17223 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
17224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17226 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17227 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17228 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17229 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17230 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17231 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17233 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17234 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17235 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17236 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17237 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17239 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17240 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17241 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17244 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17246 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17247 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17249 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17253 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17254 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17255 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17258 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17259 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17263 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17268 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17269 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17271 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17273 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17274 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17275 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17278 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17284 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17285 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17286 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17287 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
17288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17290 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17291 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17292 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17293 often correct parser.")
17295 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17297 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17298 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17299 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17300 a value which excludes your own email address.
17302 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17303 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17305 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17307 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17308 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17310 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17312 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17313 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17314 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17315 we return it unconverted.
17317 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17318 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17320 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17322 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17323 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17324 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17325 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17327 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17329 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17330 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17331 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17332 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17334 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17336 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17337 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17338 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17339 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17340 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17341 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17342 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17343 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17344 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17347 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17349 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17350 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17351 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17352 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17353 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17354 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17355 matches may be returned from the message body.
17357 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17361 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17362 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20627
17363 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
17364 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17366 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17367 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17368 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17370 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17371 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17373 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17375 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17376 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17377 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17378 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17379 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17381 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17382 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17383 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17384 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17388 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17389 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17393 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17394 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17395 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17397 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17399 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17400 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17401 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17403 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17404 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17405 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17408 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17412 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17413 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17414 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17417 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17418 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17419 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17421 If `parens', they look like:
17422 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17423 If `angles', they look like:
17424 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17426 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17428 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17429 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17430 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17431 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17432 their `Resent-' variants.
17434 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17435 removed from alias expansions.
17437 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17439 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17440 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17441 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17443 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17444 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17445 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17446 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17448 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17450 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17451 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17452 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17456 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17457 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17458 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17459 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17463 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17467 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17468 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
17469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17471 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17472 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17473 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17474 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17480 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17481 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17482 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
17483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17485 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17486 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17488 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17489 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17490 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17491 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17492 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17493 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17495 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17496 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17497 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17498 dependency, despite the colon.
17500 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17502 In the browser, use the following keys:
17504 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17506 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17508 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17509 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17511 `makefile-target-colon':
17512 The string that gets appended to all target names
17513 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17514 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17516 `makefile-macro-assign':
17517 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17518 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17519 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17520 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17521 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17522 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17524 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17525 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17526 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17528 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17529 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17531 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17532 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17533 up or down in the browser.
17535 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17536 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17538 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17539 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17541 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17543 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17544 has been selected in the browser.
17546 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17547 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17548 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17549 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17550 filenames are omitted.
17552 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17553 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17554 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17555 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17556 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17557 the backslash itself intact.
17558 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17559 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17561 `makefile-browser-hook':
17562 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17563 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17565 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17566 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17567 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17568 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17572 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17573 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17577 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17578 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17582 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17583 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17587 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17588 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17592 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17593 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17599 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20533
17600 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17603 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17604 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17605 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17611 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17612 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
17613 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17615 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17617 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17618 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17619 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17620 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17621 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17622 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17623 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17624 page, it will display immediately.
17626 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17627 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17628 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17633 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17634 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17635 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17636 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17640 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17641 otherwise look like a page name.
17646 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17647 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17648 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17652 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17654 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17655 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17657 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17659 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17660 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17662 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17666 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20533 49334
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17670 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17671 Toggle Master mode.
17672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17676 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17677 using the following commands:
17679 \\{master-mode-map}
17681 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17682 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17683 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17689 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17690 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
17691 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17693 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17694 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17695 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17697 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17698 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17700 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17702 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17703 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17705 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17706 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17708 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17709 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17710 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17711 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17717 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17718 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17719 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17720 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17721 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17722 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17723 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
17724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17726 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17728 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17729 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17730 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17731 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17732 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17733 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17734 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17735 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17736 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17737 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17738 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17739 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17740 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17741 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17742 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17743 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17744 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17745 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17746 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17747 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17748 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17749 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17750 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17751 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17752 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17753 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17754 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17755 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17756 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17757 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17758 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17759 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17760 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17761 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17762 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17763 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17764 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17765 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17769 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17770 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17771 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17772 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17773 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17775 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17778 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17780 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17783 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17785 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17787 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17788 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17790 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17793 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17794 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17796 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17798 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17799 Cancel an article you posted.
17800 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17804 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17805 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17806 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17807 header line with the old Message-ID.
17811 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17812 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17816 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17817 Forward the current message via mail.
17818 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17819 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17821 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17823 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17826 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17828 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17831 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17833 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17834 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17838 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17839 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17841 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17843 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17844 Re-mail the current message.
17845 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17846 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17851 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17852 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17854 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17856 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17857 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17859 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17861 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17862 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17864 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17867 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17869 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17871 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17872 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17873 Works by overstriking characters.
17874 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17875 which specify the range to operate on.
17877 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17879 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17880 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17881 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17882 which specify the range to operate on.
17884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17889 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17892 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17893 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17897 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17898 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17904 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17905 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17906 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
17907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17909 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17910 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17911 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17915 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17916 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17917 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17918 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17919 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17920 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17921 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17923 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17925 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17926 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17927 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17928 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17929 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17931 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17932 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17934 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17936 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17937 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17938 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17939 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17940 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17942 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17943 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17945 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17949 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17950 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17951 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17954 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17955 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17956 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17960 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17961 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17962 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17966 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17967 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17969 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17970 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17971 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17973 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17974 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17976 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17977 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17979 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17981 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17983 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17984 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17985 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17986 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17987 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17990 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17991 initial Subject field, respectively.
17993 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17994 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17997 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17998 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18000 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18002 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18003 Save draft and send message.
18005 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18006 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18007 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18010 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18011 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18012 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18014 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18015 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18016 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18017 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18018 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18019 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18021 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18022 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18024 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18025 message and scan line.
18027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18029 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18030 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18032 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18033 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18034 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18035 delete the draft message.
18041 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20627 5636
18043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18045 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18047 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18049 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18051 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18052 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18058 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18059 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
18060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18062 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18063 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18064 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18066 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18067 the MH mail system.
18069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18071 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18072 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18073 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18075 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18076 the MH mail system.
18078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18080 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18081 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18083 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18084 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18085 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18088 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18089 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18090 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18093 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18097 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18098 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18099 can be used in several ways.
18101 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18102 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18103 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18104 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18108 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18109 The range must be nonempty.
18114 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18115 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18122 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18125 All of the messages.
18127 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18128 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18130 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18131 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18132 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18134 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18140 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18141 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
18142 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18144 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18145 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18146 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18147 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18148 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18149 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18150 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18151 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18152 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18153 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18154 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18158 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18159 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18160 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18161 to its second argument TM.
18163 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18168 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20634 50296 986086 180000))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18171 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18172 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18173 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18176 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18178 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18180 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18181 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18183 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18184 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18186 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18187 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18188 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18189 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18190 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18191 is modified to remove the default indication.
18193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18197 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18198 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
18199 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18201 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18202 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18203 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18204 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18205 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18206 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18207 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18208 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18209 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18213 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18214 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18215 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18216 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18217 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18218 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18219 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18220 The return value is always nil.
18222 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18226 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18227 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18228 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
18229 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18230 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18232 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18233 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18235 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18236 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18237 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18240 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18241 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18242 end of the search space).
18244 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18245 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18246 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18247 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18248 should return the previous buffer to search.
18250 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18251 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18252 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18254 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18255 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18256 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18259 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18260 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18261 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18263 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18264 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18265 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18269 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18270 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18271 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18272 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18273 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18274 whose names match the specified regexp.
18276 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18278 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18279 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18280 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18281 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18282 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18283 whose names match the specified regexp.
18285 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18287 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18288 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18289 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18290 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18291 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18292 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18293 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18295 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18297 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18298 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18299 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18300 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18301 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18302 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18303 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18305 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18313 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18314 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18320 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18321 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18324 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18325 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18327 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18331 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18332 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
18333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18335 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18336 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18338 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18340 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18341 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18342 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18343 the entire message.
18344 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18346 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18350 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18351 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18354 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18355 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18356 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18357 the entire message.
18358 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18360 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18365 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18368 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18369 Insert file contents of URL.
18370 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18372 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18374 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18375 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18377 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18381 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18382 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18385 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18386 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18387 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18388 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18389 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18391 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18393 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18394 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18395 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18397 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18401 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18402 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
18403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18405 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18406 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18410 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18411 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18412 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18413 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18414 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18416 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18417 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18418 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18419 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18420 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18421 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18423 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18427 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18428 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18431 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18434 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18436 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18439 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18443 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18444 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18445 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
18446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18448 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18451 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18453 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18456 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18458 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18461 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18463 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18466 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18468 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18471 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18473 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18476 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18478 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20627 5636
18487 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18489 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18493 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20627
18494 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
18495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18497 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18499 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18500 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18501 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18502 followed by the first character of the construct.
18504 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18505 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18506 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18507 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18508 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18509 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18510 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18511 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18512 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18513 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18514 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18515 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18516 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18519 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18520 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18521 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18527 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18528 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18531 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18532 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18534 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18536 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18537 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18539 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18541 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18542 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18544 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18546 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18547 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18549 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18553 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18554 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18557 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18558 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18560 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18561 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18562 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18564 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18565 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18566 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18568 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18569 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18571 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18572 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18573 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18574 hemisphere you're in.)
18576 To test this function, evaluate:
18577 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18579 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18581 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18582 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18584 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18585 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18587 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18588 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18589 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18591 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18592 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18594 To test this function, evaluate:
18595 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18597 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18601 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
18602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18604 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18605 Main entry point for MPC.
18611 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20627 5636 279161
18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18615 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18616 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18622 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
18623 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18625 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18626 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18627 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18629 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18630 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18632 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18634 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18636 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18637 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18638 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18640 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18641 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18647 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18648 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18649 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18650 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18651 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18652 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
18653 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18655 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display a list of all character sets.
18658 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18659 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18660 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18661 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18662 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18664 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18665 but still shows the full information.
18669 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18670 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18671 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18673 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18674 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18675 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18676 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18677 meanings of these arguments.
18679 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18681 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18684 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18686 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18687 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18689 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18691 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18692 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18694 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18696 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18697 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18699 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18700 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18702 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18703 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18704 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18705 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18706 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18707 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18708 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18709 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18710 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18711 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18712 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18713 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18714 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18715 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18716 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18717 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18721 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18722 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18726 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18727 Display a list of all coding systems.
18728 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18730 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18731 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18735 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display a list of all coding categories.
18740 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18741 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18742 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18744 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18746 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18747 Display information about FONTSET.
18748 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18750 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18752 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18753 Display a list of all fontsets.
18754 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18755 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18756 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18760 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18761 Display information about all input methods.
18765 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18766 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18768 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18769 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18770 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18771 system which uses fontsets).
18775 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18776 Show log of font listing and opening.
18777 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18778 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18780 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18784 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18785 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18786 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18787 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18788 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18789 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
18790 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18792 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18793 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18795 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18796 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18798 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18799 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18801 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18803 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18804 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18805 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18806 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18807 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18808 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18809 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18811 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18812 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18813 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18814 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18815 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18816 middle of a character in STR.
18818 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18819 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18821 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18822 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18823 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18824 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18825 defaults to \"...\".
18827 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18829 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18830 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18832 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18833 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18834 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18836 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18837 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18838 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18840 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18841 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18842 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18844 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18845 longer than KEYSEQ.
18846 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18848 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18850 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18851 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18852 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18853 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18854 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18855 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18856 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18857 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18858 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18859 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18860 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18862 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18864 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18865 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18867 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18869 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18870 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18872 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18874 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18875 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18877 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18879 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18880 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18882 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18884 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18885 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18886 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18887 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18888 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18890 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18891 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18893 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18894 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18895 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18896 coding systems ordered by priority.
18898 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18900 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18902 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18903 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18904 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18905 language environment LANG-ENV.
18907 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18909 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18910 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18911 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18912 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18913 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18914 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18916 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18920 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18921 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18922 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18923 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20533
18924 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
18925 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18927 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18928 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18932 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18933 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18937 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18938 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18942 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18943 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18947 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18948 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18952 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18953 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18955 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18957 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18959 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18960 `ping-program-options'.
18964 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18965 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18969 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18970 Run nslookup program.
18974 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18975 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18979 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18984 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18989 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18990 Finger USER on HOST.
18992 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18994 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18995 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18996 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18997 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18999 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19006 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19007 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19009 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19011 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19012 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19014 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19018 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20627
19019 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
19020 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19022 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19023 Return a user name/password pair.
19024 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19025 listed in the PORTS list.
19027 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19031 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19032 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19035 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19036 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19037 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19038 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19039 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19042 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19044 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19045 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19046 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19047 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19048 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19049 a port number to connect to.
19051 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19054 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19056 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19057 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19058 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19059 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19060 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19061 an unencrypted connection.
19062 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19063 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19064 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19065 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19066 returned object is a killed process.
19067 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19068 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19069 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19071 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19072 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19073 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19074 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19075 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19076 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19077 or nil if none could be found.
19078 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19079 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19081 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19083 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19084 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19085 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19087 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19088 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19089 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19091 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19092 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19093 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19095 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19096 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19097 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19098 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19100 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19101 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19103 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19104 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19105 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19106 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19107 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19108 or STARTTLS connections.
19110 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19111 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19113 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19114 asynchronously, if possible.
19116 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19118 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19122 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19123 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
19124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19126 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19127 Check whether newsticker is running.
19128 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19129 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19133 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19134 Start the newsticker.
19135 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19136 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19137 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19138 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19140 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19144 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19145 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19148 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19149 Start newsticker plainview.
19155 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19156 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19159 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19160 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19166 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19167 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
19168 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19170 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19171 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19172 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19173 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19178 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19179 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19180 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19188 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19189 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19191 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19192 Start newsticker treeview.
19198 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19199 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19202 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19203 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19205 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19209 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20533
19210 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19213 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19214 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19215 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19216 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19217 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19218 symbol in the alist.
19220 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19224 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19225 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19228 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19229 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19230 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19236 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19237 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19240 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19241 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19243 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19247 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19248 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
19249 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19251 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19253 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19254 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19255 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19257 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19260 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19262 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19263 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19264 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19265 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19266 to future sessions.
19268 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19270 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19271 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19273 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19280 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19281 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19284 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19285 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19287 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19288 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19289 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19295 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19296 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19299 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19300 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19301 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19302 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19304 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19308 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20627
19309 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
19310 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19312 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19313 Major mode for editing XML.
19315 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19316 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19317 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19318 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19319 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19320 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19321 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19323 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19325 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19326 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19328 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19329 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19330 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19331 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19334 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19335 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19336 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19337 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19338 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19339 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19341 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19342 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19343 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19345 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19346 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19347 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19349 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19350 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19351 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19352 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19353 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19354 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19355 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19356 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19357 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19359 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19361 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19362 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19366 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19370 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19371 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
19372 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19374 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19375 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19376 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19377 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19383 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19384 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19387 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19388 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19389 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19391 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19393 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19394 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19396 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19397 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19398 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19402 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19406 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19407 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19410 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19411 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19413 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19414 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19415 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19416 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19418 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19419 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19420 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19421 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19422 is why you need this mode!).
19424 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19425 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19426 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19428 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19433 \\{octave-mode-map}
19435 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19436 ==============================================
19438 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19439 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19440 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19442 `octave-block-offset'
19443 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19446 `octave-continuation-offset'
19447 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19450 `octave-continuation-string'
19451 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19452 Default is a backslash.
19454 `octave-send-echo-input'
19455 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19456 command to the inferior Octave process.
19458 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19459 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19460 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19462 `octave-send-echo-input'
19463 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19465 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19467 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19468 following lines to your init file:
19470 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19472 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19473 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19475 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19478 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19480 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19481 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19482 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19483 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19489 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19490 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19491 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19492 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19493 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19494 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19495 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
19496 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19498 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19499 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19501 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19503 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19504 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19505 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19506 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19507 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19509 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19511 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19512 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19516 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19517 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19521 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19522 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19523 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19525 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19526 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19527 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19528 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19529 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19530 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19531 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19532 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19533 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19534 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19536 The following commands are available:
19542 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19543 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19545 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19546 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19547 in special contexts.
19549 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19550 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19551 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19552 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19553 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19554 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19555 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19556 properties in the buffer.
19557 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19558 including any drawers.
19560 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19562 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19563 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19564 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19565 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19566 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19567 and zoom in further.
19568 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19569 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19571 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19572 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19573 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19574 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19575 times right after creating a new headline.
19577 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19578 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19579 is negative, go up that many levels.
19581 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19582 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19583 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19585 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19586 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19587 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19588 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19592 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19593 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19594 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19595 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19599 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19600 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19601 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19602 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19603 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19604 defined by Org-mode).
19606 M-up Move entry/item up
19607 M-down Move entry/item down
19610 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19611 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19612 M-S-left Promote subtree
19613 M-S-right Demote subtree
19614 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19616 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19617 TAB Cycle item visibility
19618 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19619 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19620 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19624 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19625 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19629 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19630 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19634 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19635 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19636 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19637 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19640 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19642 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19643 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19644 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19645 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19647 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19648 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19649 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19653 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19654 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19655 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19659 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19660 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19661 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19666 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19667 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19669 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19671 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19672 Switch between Org buffers.
19673 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19674 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19676 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19677 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19681 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19683 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19685 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19686 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19687 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19688 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19692 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19693 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19695 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19697 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19698 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19699 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19703 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19704 Reload all org lisp files.
19705 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19707 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19709 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19710 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19716 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19717 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19718 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19719 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19720 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19721 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
19722 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19724 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19725 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19729 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19730 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19731 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19732 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19734 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19735 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19736 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19737 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19738 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19739 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19740 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19741 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19742 e Export views to associated files.
19743 s Search entries for keywords.
19744 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19745 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19746 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19747 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19748 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19749 > Remove a previous restriction.
19750 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19751 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19752 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19754 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19755 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19756 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19758 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19759 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19760 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19761 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19764 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19767 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19768 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19769 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19770 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19771 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19772 before running the agenda command.
19774 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19776 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19777 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19778 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19779 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19780 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19781 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19782 before running the agenda command.
19784 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19785 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19787 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19789 category The category of the item
19790 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19791 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19792 todo selected in TODO match
19793 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19794 diary imported from diary
19795 deadline a deadline on given date
19796 scheduled scheduled on given date
19797 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19798 closed entry was closed on given date
19799 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19800 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19801 block entry has date block including g. date
19802 todo The todo keyword, if any
19803 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19804 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19805 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19806 extra Sting with extra planning info
19807 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19808 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19809 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19811 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19813 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19816 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19818 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19819 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19821 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19823 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19824 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19825 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19826 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19828 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19829 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19830 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19832 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19833 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19835 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19837 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19838 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19840 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19841 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19842 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19843 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19846 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19847 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19848 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19849 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19850 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19851 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19853 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19854 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19855 including newlines.
19857 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19858 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19859 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19860 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19861 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19862 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19863 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19865 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19866 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19867 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19868 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19870 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19871 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19872 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19873 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19874 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19875 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19876 Boolean search must match as full words.
19878 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19879 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19881 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19883 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19884 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19885 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19886 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19887 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19888 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19892 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19893 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19894 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19896 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19898 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19899 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19900 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19901 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19902 `org-stuck-projects'.
19904 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19906 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19907 Return diary information from org files.
19908 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19909 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19910 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19911 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19912 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19914 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19916 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19918 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19919 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19923 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19924 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19925 So the example above may also be written as
19927 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19929 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19930 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19931 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19933 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19935 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19936 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19937 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19941 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19942 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19943 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19946 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19947 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19949 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19950 for filtering entries out.
19952 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19953 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19954 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19956 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19957 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19959 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19960 (category \"Work\"))
19962 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19963 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19965 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19966 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19967 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19968 details and examples.
19970 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19971 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19973 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19977 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
19978 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
19979 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
19981 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
19982 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
19983 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
19984 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
19985 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
19986 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
19987 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
19988 in org-export-latex-classes.
19990 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
19992 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
19993 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
19995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19999 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20000 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20627
20001 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20004 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20007 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20009 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20011 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20012 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20013 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20014 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20015 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20016 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20018 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20019 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20020 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20023 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20025 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20026 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20029 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20030 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20032 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20034 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20035 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20041 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20042 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20627 5636
20044 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20046 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20047 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20048 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20050 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20052 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20053 Write the column view table.
20054 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20056 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20057 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20058 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20059 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20060 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20061 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20062 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20063 using `org-id-find'.
20064 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20065 a hline before each level <= that number.
20066 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20067 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20069 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20070 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20072 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20074 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20075 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20079 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20080 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20086 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20087 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20088 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20090 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20091 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20097 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20098 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20099 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20101 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20102 The release version of org-mode.
20103 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20107 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20108 The Git version of org-mode.
20109 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20113 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20114 The location of ODT styles.")
20118 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20119 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20121 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20122 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20124 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20125 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20126 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20127 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20129 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20130 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20131 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20132 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20134 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20135 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20136 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20137 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20138 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20139 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20141 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20142 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20143 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20145 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20146 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20147 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20148 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20149 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20150 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20151 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20152 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20153 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20154 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20155 The subheadings remain visible.
20156 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20158 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20159 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20160 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20162 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20163 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20167 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20168 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20173 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20176 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20180 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20181 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20182 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20183 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20186 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20187 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20188 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20189 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20190 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20192 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20193 activate the package system at any time.")
20195 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20197 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20198 Install the package named NAME.
20199 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20200 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20204 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20205 Install a package from the current buffer.
20206 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20207 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20208 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20210 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20211 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20212 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20214 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20216 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20217 Install a package from a file.
20218 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20222 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20223 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20224 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20225 makes them available for download.
20229 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20230 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20231 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20232 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20234 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20236 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20237 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20239 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20241 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20242 Display a list of packages.
20243 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20244 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20245 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20247 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20249 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20253 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20627 5636
20255 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20257 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20258 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20259 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20262 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20264 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20266 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20267 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20272 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20273 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20274 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20280 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20281 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20283 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20285 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20286 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20287 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20288 unknown are returned as nil.
20290 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20294 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20627
20295 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20298 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20299 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20300 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20302 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20303 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20305 Other useful functions are:
20307 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20308 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20309 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20310 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20311 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20312 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20313 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20314 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20315 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20317 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20319 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20320 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20321 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20322 Indentation for case statements.
20323 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20324 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20326 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20327 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20328 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20329 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20330 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20331 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20332 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20333 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20334 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20335 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20337 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20338 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20340 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20341 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20347 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20348 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
20349 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20351 (defvar password-cache t "\
20352 Whether to cache passwords.")
20354 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20356 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20357 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20358 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20360 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20362 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20363 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20365 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20369 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20370 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20373 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20374 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20375 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20377 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20378 _ matches anything.
20379 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20380 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20381 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20382 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20383 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20384 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20385 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20386 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20387 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20388 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20390 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20391 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20392 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20393 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20394 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20395 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20397 PRED can take the form
20398 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20399 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20400 which is the value being matched.
20401 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20402 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20403 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20404 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20405 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20407 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20409 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20411 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20412 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20413 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20414 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20416 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20418 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20420 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20421 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20422 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20423 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20425 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20427 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20431 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20533
20432 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20436 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20442 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20443 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20571 55087 823391 0))
20444 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20447 Completion for `gzip'.
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20452 Completion for `bzip2'.
20456 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20457 Completion for GNU `make'.
20461 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20462 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20466 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20470 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20471 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20475 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20480 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20484 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20485 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20491 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20627
20492 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
20493 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20496 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20502 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20503 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20504 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20627 5636 279161
20506 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20508 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20509 Completion for `cd'.
20513 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20516 Completion for `rmdir'.
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20521 Completion for `rm'.
20525 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20526 Completion for `xargs'.
20530 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20533 Completion for `which'.
20537 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20538 Completion for the `chown' command.
20542 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20543 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20547 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20548 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20553 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20554 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20560 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20561 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20562 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20650
20563 ;;;;;; 61387 498451 0))
20564 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20567 Support extensible programmable completion.
20568 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20569 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20571 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20574 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20579 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20580 This will modify the current buffer.
20584 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20585 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20590 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20591 This will modify the current buffer.
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20596 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20600 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20601 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20606 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20607 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20608 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20609 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20611 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20613 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20614 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20620 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20621 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20622 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
20623 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20625 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20626 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20627 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20628 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20630 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20632 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20634 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20635 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20636 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20637 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20638 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20639 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20642 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20644 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20645 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20646 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20647 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20648 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20649 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20650 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20651 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20653 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20655 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20656 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20657 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20658 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20659 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20660 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20661 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20664 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20666 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20667 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20668 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20669 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20670 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20671 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20672 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20674 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20676 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20677 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20678 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20680 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20682 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20683 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20684 A value of nil means never do it.
20685 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20686 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20687 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20689 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20691 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20692 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20693 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20627 5636 279161
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20701 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20702 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20706 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20707 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20709 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20710 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20711 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20712 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20713 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20714 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20716 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20717 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20718 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20719 Tab indents for Perl code.
20720 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20721 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20722 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20724 Variables controlling indentation style:
20725 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20726 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20727 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20728 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20729 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20730 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20731 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20733 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20734 `perl-indent-level'
20735 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20736 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20737 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20738 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20739 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20740 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20741 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20742 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20743 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20744 `perl-brace-offset'
20745 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20746 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20747 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20748 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20749 `perl-label-offset'
20750 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20751 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20752 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20754 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20755 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20756 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20757 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20758 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20759 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20760 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20762 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20768 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20769 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20772 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20773 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20774 \\<picture-mode-map>
20775 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20776 afterwards settable by these commands:
20778 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20779 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20780 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20781 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20783 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20784 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20785 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20786 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20788 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20789 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20790 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20791 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20793 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20794 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20795 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20796 with these commands:
20798 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20799 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20800 Move to column following last
20801 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20802 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20803 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20804 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20805 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20806 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20808 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20810 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20811 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20812 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20813 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20814 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20815 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20817 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20818 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20819 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20820 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20821 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20822 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20823 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20825 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20826 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20827 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20828 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20829 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20830 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20831 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20832 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20834 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20835 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20836 by supplying an argument.
20838 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20840 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20841 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20845 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20849 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20850 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20853 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20854 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20856 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20858 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20859 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20866 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
20867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20869 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20870 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20871 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20873 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20877 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20627 5636 279161
20879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20881 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20882 Play pong and waste time.
20883 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20884 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20886 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20894 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20627 5636
20896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20898 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20899 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20900 Use streaming commands.
20902 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20906 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20907 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20908 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20911 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20912 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20913 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20914 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20916 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20918 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20919 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20923 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20924 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20925 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20926 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20927 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20929 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20931 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20932 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20933 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20935 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20937 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20938 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20940 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20942 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20943 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20944 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20945 Ignores leading comment characters.
20949 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20950 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20951 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20952 Ignores leading comment characters.
20958 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20959 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20960 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20961 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20962 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20963 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20964 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20965 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20966 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20967 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20968 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20969 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20970 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20971 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20972 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20973 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20974 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20975 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20976 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
20977 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20979 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20980 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20982 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20984 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20986 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20989 Preview directory using ghostview.
20991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20992 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20993 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20994 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20996 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20997 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20998 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20999 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21000 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21003 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21005 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21007 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21008 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21010 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21011 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21012 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21013 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21015 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21016 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21017 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21018 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21019 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21022 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21024 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21026 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21027 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21029 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21030 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21031 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21032 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21034 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21035 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21036 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21037 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21038 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21041 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21043 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21046 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21048 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21050 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21051 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21052 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21053 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21055 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21056 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21057 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21058 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21059 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21062 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21064 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21067 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21069 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21070 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21071 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21073 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21074 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21075 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21076 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21080 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21081 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21083 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21084 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21085 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21087 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21088 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21089 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21090 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21095 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21097 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21098 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21099 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21101 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21102 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21103 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21104 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21106 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21108 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21109 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21111 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21113 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21114 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21115 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21117 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21118 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21119 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21120 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21125 Preview region using ghostview.
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21132 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21139 Print region using PostScript printer.
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21146 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21148 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21153 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21155 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21157 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21159 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21160 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21162 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21164 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21166 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21167 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21169 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21171 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21174 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21176 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21178 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21180 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21181 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21182 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21183 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21185 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21188 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21189 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21191 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21193 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21195 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21196 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21197 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21198 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21202 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21203 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21204 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21205 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21209 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21210 Print directory using text printer.
21212 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21215 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21216 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21218 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21220 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21222 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21223 Print buffer using text printer.
21227 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21228 Print region using text printer.
21232 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21233 Print major mode using text printer.
21237 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21238 Preview spooled PostScript.
21240 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21241 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21242 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21244 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21245 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21246 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21248 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21250 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21251 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21253 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21254 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21255 instead of sending it to the printer.
21257 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21258 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21259 image in a file with that name.
21261 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21264 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21266 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21267 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21268 instead of sending it to the printer.
21270 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21271 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21272 image in a file with that name.
21274 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21277 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21279 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21280 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21281 instead of sending it to the printer.
21283 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21284 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21285 image in a file with that name.
21287 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21290 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21292 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21295 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21297 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21300 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21302 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21305 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21307 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21310 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21312 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21315 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21317 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21318 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21319 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21320 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21322 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21323 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21324 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21325 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21326 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21327 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21330 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21333 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21338 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21340 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21342 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21348 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21353 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21358 Toggle printing with faces.
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21375 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21377 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21388 Toggle upside-down.
21392 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21393 Toggle line number.
21397 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21398 Toggle zebra stripes.
21402 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21403 Toggle printing header.
21407 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21408 Toggle printing header frame.
21412 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21417 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21418 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21422 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21427 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21428 Customization of the `printing' group.
21430 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21432 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21433 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21435 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21437 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21438 Help for the printing package.
21440 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21442 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21443 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21447 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21448 Interactively select a text printer.
21452 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21453 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21457 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21458 Show current ps-print settings.
21460 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21462 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21463 Show current printing settings.
21465 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21468 Show current lpr settings.
21470 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21473 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21475 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21476 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21477 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21478 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21481 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21483 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21484 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21485 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21487 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21488 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21489 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21490 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21491 current active printer.
21493 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21494 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21495 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21498 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21499 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21500 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21501 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21502 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21505 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21506 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21508 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21510 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21511 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21512 be done using the new current active printer.
21514 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21515 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21518 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21519 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21520 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21521 instead of sending it to the printer.
21523 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21524 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21527 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21530 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21533 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21536 Fast fire function for text printing.
21538 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21539 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21540 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21541 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21543 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21544 user for a new active text printer.
21546 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21548 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21550 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21551 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21554 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21556 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21559 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21563 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20627 5636 279161
21565 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21567 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21568 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21569 \\<proced-mode-map>
21570 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21571 the process information.
21573 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21575 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21582 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21583 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21584 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
21585 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21587 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21588 Start/restart profilers.
21589 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21590 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21591 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21595 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21596 Open profile FILENAME.
21598 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21601 Open profile FILENAME.
21603 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21606 Open profile FILENAME.
21608 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21612 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21613 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
21614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21616 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21617 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21619 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21620 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21622 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21624 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21625 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21628 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21629 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21630 if that value is non-nil.
21634 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21635 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21636 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21640 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21641 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21642 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21648 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20648
21649 ;;;;;; 29674 854535 0))
21650 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21652 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21653 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21654 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21656 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21660 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20627
21661 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
21662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21664 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21665 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21667 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21669 The following variables hold user options, and can
21670 be set through the `customize' command:
21672 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21674 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21675 `ps-mode-print-function'
21677 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21681 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21684 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21690 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21691 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21692 The keymap for this second window is:
21694 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21697 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21698 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21699 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21700 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21701 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21707 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21708 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21709 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21710 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21711 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21712 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20627
21713 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
21714 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21716 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21717 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21718 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21720 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21722 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21723 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21724 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21725 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21727 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21729 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21730 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21734 nil Do not print colors.
21738 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21739 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21741 Any other value is treated as t.")
21743 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21745 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21746 Customization of ps-print group.
21750 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21751 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21753 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21754 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21755 sending it to the printer.
21757 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21758 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21759 image in a file with that name.
21761 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21763 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21764 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21765 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21766 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21767 so it has a way to determine color values.
21769 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21771 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21772 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21773 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21775 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21778 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21779 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21780 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21781 so it has a way to determine color values.
21783 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21785 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21786 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21787 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21788 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21790 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21794 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21795 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21796 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21797 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21798 so it has a way to determine color values.
21800 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21804 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21805 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21806 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21808 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21810 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21812 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21813 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21814 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21815 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21816 so it has a way to determine color values.
21818 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21820 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21822 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21823 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21825 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21826 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21827 instead of sending it to the printer.
21829 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21830 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21831 image in a file with that name.
21833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21835 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21836 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21837 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21838 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21839 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21843 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21844 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21845 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21847 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21849 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21850 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21851 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21853 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21855 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21856 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21860 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21861 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21863 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21864 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21866 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21867 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21869 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21871 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21873 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21875 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21876 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21878 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21879 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21881 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21882 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21884 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21886 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21888 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21890 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21891 foreground and background colors respectively.
21893 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21894 bold - use bold font.
21895 italic - use italic font.
21896 underline - put a line under text.
21897 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21898 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21899 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21900 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21901 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21903 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21905 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21909 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21910 ;;;;;; (20641 21435 927560 0))
21911 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21913 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21915 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21917 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21918 Run an inferior Python process.
21919 Input and output via buffer named after
21920 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21921 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21923 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21924 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21925 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21926 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21928 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21929 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21930 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21932 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21934 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21935 Major mode for editing Python files.
21937 \\{python-mode-map}
21938 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21939 if that value is non-nil.
21945 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21946 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
21947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21949 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21950 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21951 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21954 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21955 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21957 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21958 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21959 them into characters should be done separately.
21961 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21965 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21966 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21967 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21968 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21969 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
21970 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21972 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21973 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21977 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21978 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21979 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21981 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21982 `quail-activate', which see.
21984 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21986 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21987 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21988 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21989 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21990 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21991 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21992 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21994 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21995 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21996 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21997 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21998 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22000 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22002 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22003 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22004 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22005 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22006 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22007 list of candidates.
22009 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22010 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22011 command to be called.
22013 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22014 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22015 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22016 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22018 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22019 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22020 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22021 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22022 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22025 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22026 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22027 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22028 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22030 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22031 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22032 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22033 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22035 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22036 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22037 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22038 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22039 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22040 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22042 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22043 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22044 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22045 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22046 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22047 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22049 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22050 covers Quail translation region.
22052 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22053 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22054 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22055 for it) is inserted.
22057 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22058 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22059 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22061 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22062 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22063 non-Quail commands.
22065 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22067 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22068 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22070 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22071 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22072 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22073 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22074 you type is correctly handled.
22076 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22078 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22079 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22081 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22084 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22086 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22087 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22088 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22089 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22090 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22091 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22092 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22093 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22094 for the translation.
22095 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22097 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22098 it is used to handle KEY.
22100 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22101 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22102 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22103 the following annotation types are supported.
22105 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22106 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22108 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22111 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22112 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22113 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22116 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22117 generated for the following translations.
22119 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22121 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22122 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22124 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22125 which to install MAP.
22127 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22129 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22131 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22132 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22134 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22135 which to install MAP.
22137 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22139 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22141 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22142 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22143 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22144 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22145 a function, or a cons.
22146 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22147 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22148 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22149 for the translation.
22150 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22151 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22152 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22153 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22154 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22156 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22157 it is used to handle KEY.
22159 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22160 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22161 current Quail package.
22163 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22164 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22166 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22168 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22169 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22171 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22172 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22174 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22176 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22177 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22179 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22181 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22182 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22183 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22184 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22185 of the Emacs source tree.
22187 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22188 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22190 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22191 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22194 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22198 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22199 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22200 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20627
22201 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
22202 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22204 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22205 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22206 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22207 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22209 To make use of this do something like:
22211 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22213 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22215 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22216 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22218 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22219 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22220 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22222 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22224 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22225 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22227 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22229 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22230 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22232 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22235 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22237 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22238 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22240 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22241 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22242 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22244 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22246 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22247 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22249 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22251 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22252 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22256 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22257 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22259 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22261 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22265 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22266 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22272 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22273 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
22274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22276 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22277 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22279 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22281 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22285 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22287 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22290 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22292 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22293 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22294 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22297 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22299 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22301 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22302 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22303 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22304 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22305 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22311 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20533
22312 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
22313 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22315 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22316 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22319 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22323 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22324 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22327 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22329 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22330 Construct a regexp interactively.
22331 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22332 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22333 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22335 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22336 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22342 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20627 5636
22344 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22346 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22347 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22348 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22351 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22353 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22355 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22356 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22359 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22361 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22362 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22363 were operated on recently.
22365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22369 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22370 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22371 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22372 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22373 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
22374 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22376 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22377 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22378 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22379 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22382 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22383 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22386 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22388 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22389 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22390 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22392 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22393 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22396 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22398 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22399 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22400 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22402 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22404 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22405 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22407 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22408 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22410 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22413 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22414 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22415 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22416 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22419 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22421 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22422 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22424 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22426 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22427 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22431 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22432 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22433 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22434 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22435 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22436 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22437 and point is at the lower right corner.
22439 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22441 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22442 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22444 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22445 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22447 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22448 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22449 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22451 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22453 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22455 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22456 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22457 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22458 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22459 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22461 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22462 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22464 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22466 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22467 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22468 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22470 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22472 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22474 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22476 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22477 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22479 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22480 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22481 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22483 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22485 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22486 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22487 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22489 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22490 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22491 rectangle which were empty.
22493 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22495 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22496 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22498 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22499 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22500 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22501 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22503 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22507 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20627
22508 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
22509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22511 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22512 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22517 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22518 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22519 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22522 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22528 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22529 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20627 5636
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22533 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22534 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22538 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22539 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22541 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22542 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22544 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22545 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22546 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22549 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22550 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22551 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22553 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22554 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22555 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22557 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22558 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22560 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22561 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22563 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22564 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22567 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22571 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22572 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22573 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22579 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22580 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
22581 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22583 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22584 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22585 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22586 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22587 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22588 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22590 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22592 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22594 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22595 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22596 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22597 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22598 `reftex-cite-format'.
22600 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22601 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22602 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22603 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22605 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22610 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22613 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22614 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22615 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22616 the current TeX document.
22618 With no argument, this command toggles
22619 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22620 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22626 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22627 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
22628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22630 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22631 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22632 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22634 To insert new phrases, use
22635 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22636 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22638 To index phrases use one of:
22640 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22641 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22642 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22643 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22644 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22646 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22647 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22649 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22651 Here are all local bindings.
22653 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22659 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22660 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
22661 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22663 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22664 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22665 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22668 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20627
22673 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22675 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22676 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22677 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22678 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22682 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22683 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22686 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22687 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22688 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22689 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22690 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22691 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22693 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22694 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22696 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22698 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22699 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22701 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22703 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22704 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22705 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22706 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22708 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22712 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22713 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22714 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22717 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22718 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22719 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22720 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22722 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22724 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22726 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22727 Call `remember' in another frame.
22729 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22731 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22732 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22733 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22738 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22739 Extract diary entries from the region.
22745 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20627 5636 279161
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22749 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22750 Repeat most recently executed command.
22751 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22752 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22753 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22755 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22756 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22757 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22758 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22760 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22761 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22762 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22764 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22768 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22769 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22772 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22773 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22775 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22776 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22777 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22778 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22779 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22780 and point is left after the salutation.
22782 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22783 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22784 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22785 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22786 left after that text.
22788 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22791 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22792 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22793 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22794 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22796 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22800 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22801 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
22802 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22804 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22805 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22806 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22807 visibility of comments that precede it.
22808 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22809 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22810 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22811 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22812 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22813 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22814 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22815 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22817 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22818 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22819 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22820 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22821 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22828 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
22829 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22831 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22832 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22835 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22837 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22838 reveals invisible text around point.
22840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22842 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22843 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22844 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22847 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22849 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22851 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22852 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22853 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22856 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22857 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22863 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22864 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
22865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22867 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22868 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22872 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22873 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22875 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22879 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20533 49334
22881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22883 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22884 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22885 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22886 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22888 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22890 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22891 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22892 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22893 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22895 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22896 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22898 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22899 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22901 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22902 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22905 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22906 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22907 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22908 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22909 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22911 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22912 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22913 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22914 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22916 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22917 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22920 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22925 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22926 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22927 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22928 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22929 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20627 5636 279161
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22933 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22934 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22936 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22938 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22940 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22941 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22942 Its name should end with a slash.")
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22945 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22947 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22948 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22949 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22951 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22953 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22954 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22955 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22956 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22957 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22958 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22959 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22961 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22962 sent by you under different user names.
22963 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22965 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22967 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22971 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22972 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22973 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22976 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22978 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22979 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22980 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22981 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22982 which normally happens once for each message,
22983 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22984 To make a change in this variable take effect
22985 for a message that you have already viewed,
22986 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22988 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22990 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22991 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22992 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22993 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22995 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22997 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22998 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23000 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23002 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23003 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23004 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23006 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23008 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23009 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23010 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23011 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23012 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23013 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23015 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23017 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23018 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23020 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23022 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23023 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23025 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23027 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23028 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23030 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23031 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23033 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23035 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23036 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23038 This is set to nil by default.")
23040 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23041 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23042 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23043 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23044 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23045 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23046 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23048 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23049 Read and edit incoming mail.
23050 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23051 file in RMAIL Mode.
23052 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23054 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23055 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23056 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23057 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23059 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23061 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23063 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23064 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23065 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23066 Instead, these commands are available:
23068 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23069 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23070 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23071 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23072 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23073 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23074 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23075 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23076 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23077 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23078 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23079 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23080 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23081 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23082 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23083 till a deleted message is found.
23084 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23085 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23086 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23087 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23088 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23089 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23090 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23091 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23092 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23093 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23094 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23095 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23096 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23097 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23098 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23099 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23100 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23101 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23102 (label defaults to last one specified).
23103 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23104 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23105 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23106 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23107 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23108 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23109 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23110 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23111 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23115 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23116 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23118 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23120 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23121 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23123 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23127 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23128 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20627 5636 279161
23130 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23131 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23133 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23134 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23135 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23136 case it writes Babyl.
23138 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23139 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23140 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23141 `rmail-default-file'.
23143 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23144 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23145 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23147 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23148 the header display is currently pruned.
23150 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23151 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23152 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23153 messages after output.
23155 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23156 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23157 message (if writing a file directly).
23159 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23160 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23162 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23164 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23165 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23166 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23167 i) the header is output as currently seen
23168 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23169 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23171 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23172 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23173 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23175 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23177 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23178 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23179 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23180 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23181 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23182 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23183 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23185 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23186 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23187 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23189 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23193 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23194 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
23195 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23197 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23198 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23201 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23205 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23206 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
23207 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23209 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23210 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23211 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23212 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23218 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23219 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
23220 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23222 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23223 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23225 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23226 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23227 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23228 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23229 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23230 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23231 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23232 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23233 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23234 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23236 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23237 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23238 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23239 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23240 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23241 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23242 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23243 to use for finding the schema.
23245 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23249 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20533
23250 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23253 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23255 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23256 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23257 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23258 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23259 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23260 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23261 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23262 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23263 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23264 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23265 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23266 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23267 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23268 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23269 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23270 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23273 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23277 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23278 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
23279 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23281 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23282 Define a robin package.
23284 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23285 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23286 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23287 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23289 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23290 one replaces the old one.
23292 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23294 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23295 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23297 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23298 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23299 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23301 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23303 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23304 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23306 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23310 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23311 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20533 49334 755743
23313 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23315 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23316 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23318 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23320 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23321 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23323 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23325 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23326 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23328 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23330 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23331 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23332 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23334 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23335 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23338 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23342 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23343 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23349 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23350 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
23351 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23352 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23354 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23355 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23358 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23359 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23366 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23367 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23369 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23370 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23372 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23373 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23374 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23380 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23381 ;;;;;; (20641 21435 927560 0))
23382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23384 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23385 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23386 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23387 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23388 nesting into account.
23390 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23396 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23398 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23402 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20533
23403 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
23404 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23406 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23407 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23408 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23410 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23411 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23412 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23413 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23414 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23420 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20627
23421 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
23422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23424 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23425 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23426 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23427 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23429 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23431 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23432 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23433 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23435 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23436 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23437 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23439 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23443 matches string STRING literally.
23446 matches character CHAR literally.
23448 `not-newline', `nonl'
23449 matches any character except a newline.
23452 matches any character
23457 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23458 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23459 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23461 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23462 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23463 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23464 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23466 `(not (any SET ...))'
23467 matches any character not in SET ...
23469 `line-start', `bol'
23470 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23471 in the text being matched
23474 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23476 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23477 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23478 string being matched against.
23480 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23481 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23482 string being matched against.
23485 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23486 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23489 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23490 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23493 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23495 `word-start', `bow'
23496 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23499 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23502 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23505 `(not word-boundary)'
23506 `not-word-boundary'
23507 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23511 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23514 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23516 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23517 matches 0 through 9.
23520 matches ASCII control characters.
23522 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23523 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23526 matches space and tab only.
23529 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23532 `printing', `print'
23533 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23536 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23537 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23538 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23540 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23541 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23542 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23545 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23548 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23550 `lower', `lower-case'
23551 matches anything lower-case.
23553 `upper', `upper-case'
23554 matches anything upper-case.
23556 `punctuation', `punct'
23557 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23558 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23560 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23561 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23564 matches anything that has word syntax.
23567 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23570 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23571 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23572 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23574 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23575 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23578 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23579 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23580 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23581 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23582 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23584 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23585 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23586 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23587 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23588 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23590 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23591 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23593 `(category CATEGORY)'
23594 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23595 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23597 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23598 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23599 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23600 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23604 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23605 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23606 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23607 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23608 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23609 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23610 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23611 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23612 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23613 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23614 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23615 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23616 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23617 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23626 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23630 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23632 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23637 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23638 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23640 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23641 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23642 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23643 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23644 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23646 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23647 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23648 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23649 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23651 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23652 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23653 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23656 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23657 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23658 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23659 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23660 regular expression.
23662 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23663 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23664 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23665 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23666 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23668 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23669 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23671 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23672 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23674 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23676 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23679 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23680 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23683 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23684 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23686 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23688 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23691 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23694 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23696 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23697 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23699 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23702 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23705 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23709 matches N occurrences.
23712 matches N or more occurrences.
23714 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23715 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23716 matches N to M occurrences.
23719 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23722 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23726 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23728 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23732 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20627
23733 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
23734 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23736 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23737 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23738 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23741 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23743 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23745 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23746 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23748 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23749 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23751 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23752 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23753 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23754 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23756 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23757 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23758 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23764 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23765 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23768 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23769 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23770 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23772 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23773 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23774 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23775 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23776 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23777 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23778 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23779 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23782 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23783 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23784 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23785 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23786 if that value is non-nil.
23790 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23791 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23792 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23795 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23796 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23797 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23798 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23799 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23800 that variable's value is a string.
23806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23807 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
23808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23810 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23811 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23812 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23814 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23820 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23821 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
23822 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23824 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23825 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23826 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23829 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23831 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23833 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23834 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23836 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23837 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23839 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23840 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23846 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23847 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
23848 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23850 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23851 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23853 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23854 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23855 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23856 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23857 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20627 5636 279161
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23866 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23867 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23871 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23875 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23876 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23877 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23879 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23880 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23881 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23882 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23883 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23884 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23885 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23886 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23887 keybinding for tag names.
23888 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23889 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23890 of the symbol under point.
23891 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23892 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23893 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23894 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23895 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23897 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23899 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23901 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23902 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23903 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23906 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23908 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23910 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23911 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23914 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23916 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23917 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23918 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23919 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23922 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23928 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
23929 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23932 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23933 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
23940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23943 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23944 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23950 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23951 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
23952 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
23953 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
23954 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
23955 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23956 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23957 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23958 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
23959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23961 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23962 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23964 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23966 If `parens', they look like:
23967 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23968 If `angles', they look like:
23969 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23971 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23972 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23974 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23976 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23977 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23978 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23979 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23981 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23982 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23983 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23984 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23986 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23988 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23989 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23990 This is done when the message is initialized,
23991 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23993 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23995 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23996 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23997 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24002 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24003 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24004 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24005 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24006 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24007 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24009 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24011 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24012 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24014 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24016 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24017 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24018 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24021 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24023 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24024 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24025 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24026 when you first send mail.")
24028 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24030 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24031 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24032 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24033 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24034 This file need not actually exist.")
24036 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24038 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24039 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24041 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24043 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24044 Alist of mail address aliases,
24045 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24046 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24047 can specify a different file name.)
24048 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24049 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24051 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24052 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24053 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24055 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24057 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24058 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24059 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24061 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24063 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24064 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24065 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24066 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24067 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24068 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24069 in the cited portion of the message.
24071 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24072 instead of no action.")
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24076 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24077 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24078 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24079 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24080 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24084 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24085 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24086 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24087 If a string, that string is inserted.
24088 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24089 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24090 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24091 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24093 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24095 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24096 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24098 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24100 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24101 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24102 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24104 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24105 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24107 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24109 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24110 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24111 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24112 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24114 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24116 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24117 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24118 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24122 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24124 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24127 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24129 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24130 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24131 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24133 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24134 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24136 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24137 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24138 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24139 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24140 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24141 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24142 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24143 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24144 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24145 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24146 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24147 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24148 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24149 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24153 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24154 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24155 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24156 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24158 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24160 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24161 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24162 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24163 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24164 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24165 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24167 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24168 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24169 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24171 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24172 User should not set this variable manually,
24173 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24174 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24175 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24177 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24178 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24179 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24180 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24182 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24183 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24186 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24188 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24189 to move to message header fields:
24192 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24193 when the message is initialized.
24195 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24196 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24198 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24201 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24202 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24204 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24205 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24206 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24207 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24208 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24209 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24210 buffer without erasing the contents.
24212 The second through fifth arguments,
24213 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24214 the initial contents of those header fields.
24215 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24216 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24217 original message being replied to, or else an action
24218 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24219 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24220 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24221 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24222 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24223 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24225 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24227 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24228 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24230 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24232 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24233 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24235 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24239 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24240 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20636
24241 ;;;;;; 48499 857440 0))
24242 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24244 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24246 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24248 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24250 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24251 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24252 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24253 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24254 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24255 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24257 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24258 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24260 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24261 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24262 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24264 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24267 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24269 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24270 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24271 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24272 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24274 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24276 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24277 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24278 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24280 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24281 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24283 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24285 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24286 Toggle Server mode.
24287 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24288 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24289 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24291 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24292 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24293 `server-start' for details.
24295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24297 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24298 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24299 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24301 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24302 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24304 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24308 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
24309 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24311 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24312 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24313 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24317 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24318 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24319 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24320 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24326 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24327 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
24328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24330 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24331 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24333 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24336 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24337 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24338 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24340 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24343 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24345 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24346 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24351 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24352 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24353 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24354 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24355 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24356 which this is based.
24358 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24360 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24361 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24362 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24363 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24365 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24366 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24367 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24369 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24370 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24371 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24372 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24374 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24375 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24376 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24377 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24379 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24381 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24382 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24383 To work around that, do:
24384 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24393 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24395 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24397 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24398 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24399 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24400 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24401 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24402 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24404 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24405 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24406 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24407 shell-specific features.
24409 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24410 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24411 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24413 \\[sh-case] case statement
24414 \\[sh-for] for loop
24415 \\[sh-function] function definition
24416 \\[sh-if] if statement
24417 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24418 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24419 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24420 \\[sh-select] select loop
24421 \\[sh-until] until loop
24422 \\[sh-while] while loop
24424 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24425 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24426 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24427 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24428 would indent to the way it currently is.
24429 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24430 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24433 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24434 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24435 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24436 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24437 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24438 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24440 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24441 unquoted < insert a here document.
24443 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24444 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24445 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24447 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24448 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24452 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24456 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24457 ;;;;;; (20571 55087 823391 0))
24458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24460 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24461 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24463 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24464 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24465 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24467 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24468 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24469 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24470 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24473 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24475 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24477 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24478 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24479 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24481 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24482 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24484 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24485 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24486 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24487 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24488 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24489 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24490 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24493 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24494 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24495 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24496 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24497 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24499 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24500 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24502 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24506 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24507 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20533
24508 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24511 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24512 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24513 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24514 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24515 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24516 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24517 sites in the cluster.
24521 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24522 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24523 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24524 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24525 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24529 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24530 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24531 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24532 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24533 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24534 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24535 `shadow-define-cluster').
24539 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24540 Set up file shadowing.
24546 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24547 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
24548 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24550 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24551 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24552 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24553 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24554 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24557 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24559 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24560 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24561 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24562 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24563 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24565 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24566 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24567 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24568 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24569 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24570 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24571 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24572 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24573 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24574 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24575 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24578 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24579 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24580 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24582 `default-process-coding-system'.
24584 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24585 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24586 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24587 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24595 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20627
24596 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
24597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24599 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24600 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24601 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24602 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24604 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24608 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24609 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20627 5636 279161
24611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24613 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24616 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24618 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24621 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24623 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24626 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24628 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24631 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24635 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24636 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
24637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24639 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24640 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24641 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24642 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24643 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24645 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24651 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20627
24652 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
24653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24655 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24656 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24657 \\{simula-mode-map}
24658 Variables controlling indentation style:
24659 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24660 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24661 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24662 `simula-indent-level'
24663 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24664 `simula-substatement-offset'
24665 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24666 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24667 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24668 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24669 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24670 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24671 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24672 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24673 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24674 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24675 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24676 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24677 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24678 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24679 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24680 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24681 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24682 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24683 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24684 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24685 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24686 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24687 or nil if they should not be changed.
24688 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24689 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24690 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24691 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24693 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24694 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24700 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24701 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20627 5636 279161
24703 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24705 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24706 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24708 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24709 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24710 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24711 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24713 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24715 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24717 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24719 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24720 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24721 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24722 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24723 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24725 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24726 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24728 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24730 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24731 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24733 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24734 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24735 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24736 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24738 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24739 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24740 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24741 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24743 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24744 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24745 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24747 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24748 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24750 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24751 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24753 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24754 _ interesting point, interregion here
24755 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24756 interesting point set by _
24757 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24758 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24759 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24760 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24761 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24762 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24765 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24766 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24768 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24769 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24770 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24771 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24772 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24773 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24774 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24775 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24777 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24778 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24779 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24780 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24781 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24784 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24785 then: insert previously read string once more
24786 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24787 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24788 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24790 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24791 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24793 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24795 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24796 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24798 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24799 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24800 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24801 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24802 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24805 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24806 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24807 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24813 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24814 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
24815 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24817 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24818 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24819 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24822 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24824 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24825 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24827 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24828 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24829 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24833 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24834 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24835 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24841 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24842 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
24843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24845 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24846 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24847 A list of images is returned.
24849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24851 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24852 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24853 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24855 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24859 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24860 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
24861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24863 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24868 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24869 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24875 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20627 5636 279161
24877 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24879 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24880 Play the Snake game.
24881 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24883 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24885 Snake mode keybindings:
24887 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24888 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24889 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24890 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24891 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24892 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24893 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24899 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24900 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24903 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24904 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24905 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24906 Tab indents for C code.
24907 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24908 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24910 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24915 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24916 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24917 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24918 Tab indents for C code.
24919 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24920 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24922 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24923 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24929 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20627
24930 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
24931 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24933 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24934 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24935 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24936 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24937 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24939 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24945 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20627
24946 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
24947 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24949 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24952 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24953 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24954 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24955 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24956 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24957 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24958 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24959 check after each move or undo.)
24963 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24964 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24965 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24984 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24985 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24986 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24987 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24989 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24990 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24991 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24994 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24995 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24997 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25013 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25015 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25021 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25022 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25023 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20627 5636 279161
25025 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25026 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25028 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25029 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25031 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25032 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25033 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25034 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25037 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25038 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25039 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25042 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25043 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25045 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25046 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25047 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25048 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25051 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25052 It should move point to the end of the record.
25054 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25055 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25056 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25057 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25058 starts at the beginning of the record.
25060 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25061 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25064 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25065 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25067 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25069 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25070 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25071 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25072 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25073 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25076 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25078 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25079 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25080 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25081 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25082 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25085 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25087 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25088 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25089 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25090 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25091 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25094 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25095 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25097 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25098 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25099 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25100 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25101 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25102 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25103 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25104 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25105 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25107 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25109 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25110 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25111 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25112 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25113 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25114 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25115 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25118 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25120 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25121 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25122 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25123 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25125 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25126 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25128 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25129 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25130 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25131 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25132 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25133 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25134 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25135 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25137 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25139 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25142 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25143 starting with the letter \"f\",
25144 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25146 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25148 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25149 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25150 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25151 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25152 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25153 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25154 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25157 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25158 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25159 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25160 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25161 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25163 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25165 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25166 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25167 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25169 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25173 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20627
25174 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
25175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25177 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25178 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25179 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25180 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25181 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25182 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25184 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25188 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25189 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25190 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
25191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25193 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25194 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25196 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25197 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25198 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25200 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25202 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25203 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25204 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25207 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25209 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25210 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25211 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25213 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25215 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25216 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25217 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25218 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25223 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25224 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25225 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25226 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25232 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25233 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25236 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25238 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25239 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25240 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25241 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25242 supported at a time.
25243 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25244 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25248 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25249 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25250 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25251 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25257 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20533
25258 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
25259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25261 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25262 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25266 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25267 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25273 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25274 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25275 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25276 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25277 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
25278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25280 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25281 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25283 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25284 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25285 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25286 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25287 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25288 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25289 of the current highlighting list.
25293 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25294 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25296 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25297 `_t' as data types.
25299 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25301 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25302 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25304 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25305 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25307 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25311 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25315 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25317 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25318 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25320 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25321 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25322 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25323 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25325 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25326 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25327 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25328 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25330 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25331 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25332 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25336 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25337 Major mode to edit SQL.
25339 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25340 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25341 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25344 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25346 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25347 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25348 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25349 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25350 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25351 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25353 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25354 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25356 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25357 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25358 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25360 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25362 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25366 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25367 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25369 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25372 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25373 is specified in the connection settings.
25375 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25377 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25378 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25380 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25381 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25383 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25384 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25385 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25386 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25388 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25390 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25392 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25393 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25395 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25396 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25399 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25400 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25401 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25402 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25404 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25405 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25407 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25408 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25409 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25412 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25413 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25414 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25415 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25416 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25417 `default-process-coding-system'.
25419 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25421 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25423 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25424 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25426 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25427 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25430 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25431 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25432 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25433 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25435 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25436 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25438 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25439 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25440 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25443 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25444 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25445 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25446 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25447 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25448 `default-process-coding-system'.
25450 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25452 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25454 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25455 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25457 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25458 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25461 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25462 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25464 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25465 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25467 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25468 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25469 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25472 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25473 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25474 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25475 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25476 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25477 `default-process-coding-system'.
25479 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25483 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25484 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25486 SQLite is free software.
25488 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25489 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25492 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25493 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25494 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25495 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25497 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25498 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25500 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25501 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25502 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25505 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25506 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25507 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25508 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25509 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25510 `default-process-coding-system'.
25512 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25514 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25516 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25517 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25519 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25521 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25522 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25525 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25526 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25527 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25528 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25530 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25531 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25533 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25534 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25535 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25538 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25539 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25540 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25541 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25542 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25543 `default-process-coding-system'.
25545 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25549 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25550 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25552 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25553 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25556 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25557 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25560 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25561 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25563 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25564 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25565 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25568 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25569 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25570 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25571 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25572 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25573 `default-process-coding-system'.
25575 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25577 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25579 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25580 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25582 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25583 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25586 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25587 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25589 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25590 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25592 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25593 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25594 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25597 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25598 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25599 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25600 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25601 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25602 `default-process-coding-system'.
25604 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25606 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25608 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25609 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25611 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25612 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25615 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25616 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25617 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25618 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25620 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25621 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25623 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25624 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25625 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25628 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25629 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25630 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25631 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25632 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25633 `default-process-coding-system'.
25635 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25637 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25639 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25640 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25642 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25643 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25646 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25647 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25648 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25649 `sql-postgres-options'.
25651 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25652 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25654 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25655 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25656 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25659 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25660 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25661 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25662 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25663 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25664 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25665 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25666 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25668 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25669 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25671 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25673 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25675 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25676 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25678 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25679 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25682 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25683 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25686 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25687 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25689 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25690 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25691 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25694 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25695 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25696 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25697 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25698 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25699 `default-process-coding-system'.
25701 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25703 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25705 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25706 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25708 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25709 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25712 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25715 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25716 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25718 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25719 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25720 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25721 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25723 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25724 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25725 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25728 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25729 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25730 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25731 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25732 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25733 `default-process-coding-system'.
25735 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25737 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25739 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25740 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25742 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25743 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25746 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25747 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25748 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25749 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25752 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25753 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25754 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25755 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25758 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25759 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25761 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25762 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25763 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25766 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25768 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25772 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25773 ;;;;;; (20641 21435 927560 0))
25774 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25776 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25777 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25781 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25785 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25786 ;;;;;; (20616 13363 218583 0))
25787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25789 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25790 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25791 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25792 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25793 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25794 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25795 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25796 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25797 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25798 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25800 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25801 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25802 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25803 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25805 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25809 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25810 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25811 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25812 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25813 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20627
25814 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
25815 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25817 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25818 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25819 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25820 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25821 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25822 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25824 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25826 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25828 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25829 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25830 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25831 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25832 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25833 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25834 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25836 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25838 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25839 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25840 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25841 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25842 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25843 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25844 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25846 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25848 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25849 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25850 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25852 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25854 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25855 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25856 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25858 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25860 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25861 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25863 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25865 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25866 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25870 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25871 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25875 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25876 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25877 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25878 chronologically by command name.
25879 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25881 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25883 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25884 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25885 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25887 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25888 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25890 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25892 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25893 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25894 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25895 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25896 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25898 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25899 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25900 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25901 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25902 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25904 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25905 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25906 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25907 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25909 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25913 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25914 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25915 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25916 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25918 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25920 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25921 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25927 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25928 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
25929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25931 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25932 Studlify-case the region.
25934 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25936 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25937 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25939 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25941 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25942 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25948 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25949 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
25950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25952 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25953 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25955 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25956 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25958 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25959 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25960 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25961 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25963 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25964 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25965 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25967 Nomenclature Subwords
25968 ===========================================================
25969 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25970 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25971 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25973 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25974 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25977 \\{subword-mode-map}
25979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25981 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25982 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25983 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25986 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25988 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25990 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25991 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25992 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25993 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25994 ARG is omitted or nil.
25996 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25997 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25998 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26004 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26005 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
26006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26008 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26009 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26010 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26011 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26012 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26013 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26014 original message but it does require a few things:
26016 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26018 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26021 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26022 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26025 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26027 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26029 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26030 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26031 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26037 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20533
26038 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
26039 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26041 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26043 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26044 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26045 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26047 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26048 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26050 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26052 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26053 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26058 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26059 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26060 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26066 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20533 49334
26068 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26070 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26071 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26072 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26073 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26074 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26076 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26078 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26079 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26080 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26081 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26082 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26083 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26084 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26086 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26090 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26091 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26092 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26093 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26094 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26095 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26096 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26097 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26098 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26099 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26100 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26101 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26102 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
26103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26105 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26106 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26107 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26109 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26111 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26112 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26114 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26116 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26117 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26119 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26121 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26122 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26124 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26126 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26127 Insert an editable text table.
26128 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26129 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26130 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26131 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26132 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26133 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26138 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26140 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26145 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26146 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26147 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26148 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26151 +-----+-----+-----+
26153 +-----+-----+-----+
26155 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26157 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26158 width, which results as
26160 +--------------+-----+-----+
26162 +--------------+-----+-----+
26164 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26165 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26167 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26171 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26172 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26173 width information to `table-insert'.
26175 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26181 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26184 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26185 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26192 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26214 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26215 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26228 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26235 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26236 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26237 | | |expected results.-!- |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26243 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26247 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26249 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26250 Insert N table row(s).
26251 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26252 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26253 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26254 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26258 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26259 Insert N table column(s).
26260 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26261 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26262 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26263 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26267 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26268 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26269 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26271 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26274 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26275 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26276 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26277 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26278 all the table specific features.
26280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26282 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26287 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26288 Recognize all tables within region.
26289 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26290 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26291 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26294 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26296 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26299 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26302 Recognize a table at point.
26303 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26304 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26305 the table specific features.
26307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26309 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26314 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26315 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26316 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26317 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26318 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26319 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26320 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26322 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26324 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26329 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26330 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26331 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26332 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26333 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26334 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26337 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26339 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26340 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26341 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26342 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26343 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26344 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26345 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26350 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26351 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26352 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26353 table's rectangle structure.
26355 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26358 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26359 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26360 table's rectangle structure.
26364 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26365 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26366 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26367 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26368 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26370 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26372 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26373 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26374 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26376 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26377 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26378 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26379 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26380 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26381 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26382 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26384 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26385 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26386 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26387 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26388 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26389 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26390 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26392 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26393 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26394 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26395 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26396 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26397 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26398 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26399 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26401 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26404 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26405 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26406 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26410 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26411 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26412 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26414 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26416 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26417 Split current cell vertically.
26418 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26422 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26423 Split current cell horizontally.
26424 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26428 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26429 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26430 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26432 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26434 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26435 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26436 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26437 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26439 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26442 Justify cell contents.
26443 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26444 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26445 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26446 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26448 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26450 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26451 Justify cells of a row.
26452 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26453 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26455 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26457 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26458 Justify cells of a column.
26459 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26460 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26462 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26465 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26466 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26467 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26468 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26469 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26470 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26471 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26476 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26477 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26478 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26479 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26480 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26481 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26482 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26483 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26484 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26485 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26486 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26488 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26490 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26491 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26492 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26493 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26494 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26495 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26496 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26497 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26498 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26499 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26500 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26501 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26504 References used for this implementation:
26507 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26510 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26512 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26513 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26514 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26516 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26518 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26519 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26520 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26521 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26522 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26523 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26524 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26525 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26526 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26527 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26528 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26529 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26530 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26531 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26532 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26533 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26534 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26539 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26540 (table-forward-cell 15)
26541 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26542 (table-forward-cell 16)
26543 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26544 (table-forward-cell 1)
26545 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26548 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26549 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26550 (table-forward-cell 1)
26551 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26553 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26555 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26556 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26557 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26558 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26559 consists from cells of same height.
26563 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26564 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26565 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26566 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26567 column must consists from cells of same width.
26571 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26572 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26573 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26574 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26575 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26576 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26577 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26578 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26579 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26580 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26581 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26582 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26583 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26584 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26585 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26594 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26595 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26596 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26599 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26601 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26603 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26605 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26609 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26610 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26611 of each row is optional.
26616 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26617 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26618 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26619 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26620 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26622 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26623 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26625 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26626 expression and raw delimiter regular
26627 expression, it parses the specified text
26628 area and extracts cell items from
26629 non-table text and then forms a table out
26632 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26633 creates a single cell table. The text in
26634 the specified region is placed in that
26637 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26640 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26641 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26642 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26644 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26645 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26646 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26647 | area and extracts cell items from |
26648 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26651 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26652 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26653 | the specified region is placed in that |
26655 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26657 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26658 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26661 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26662 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26663 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26664 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26665 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26666 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26667 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26668 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26669 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26671 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26672 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26673 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26674 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26676 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26678 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26679 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26680 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26682 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26684 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26685 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26686 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26687 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26688 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26694 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20533 49334
26696 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26698 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26699 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26701 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26703 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26704 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26710 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20627 5636
26712 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26714 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26715 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26716 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26717 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26718 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26719 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26720 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26722 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26723 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26724 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26725 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26727 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26734 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26735 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
26736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26738 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26739 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26740 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26741 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26742 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26743 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26745 Variables controlling indentation style:
26747 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26748 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26749 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26751 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26752 documentation for details):
26753 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26754 Controls action of TAB key.
26756 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26757 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26758 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26759 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26760 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26762 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26763 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26768 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26769 Run inferior Tcl process.
26770 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26771 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26775 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26776 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26777 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26779 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26783 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20533 49334
26785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26787 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26788 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26789 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26790 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26792 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26793 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26794 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26795 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26796 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26798 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26800 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26801 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26802 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26803 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26809 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26810 ;;;;;; (20647 7990 336071 0))
26811 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26813 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26814 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26815 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26816 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26817 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26818 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26820 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26822 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26823 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26824 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26825 commands to use in that buffer.
26827 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26829 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26831 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26832 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26834 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26836 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26837 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26838 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26839 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26840 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26841 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26842 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26843 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26844 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26845 use in that buffer.
26846 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26848 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26852 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20533
26853 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
26854 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26856 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26857 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26858 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26859 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26860 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26861 program as keyboard input.
26863 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26864 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26865 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26866 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26868 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26869 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26870 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26871 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26872 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26874 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26876 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26877 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26878 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26879 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26881 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26882 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26883 subprocess started.
26885 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26889 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26890 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26893 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26894 Start coverage on function under point.
26900 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20627 5636
26902 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26904 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26905 Play the Tetris game.
26906 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26907 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26908 as to form complete rows.
26910 tetris-mode keybindings:
26911 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26912 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26913 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26914 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26915 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26916 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26917 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26918 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26919 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26925 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26926 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26927 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26928 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26929 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26930 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26931 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26932 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
26933 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26935 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26936 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26938 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26940 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26941 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26942 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26943 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26944 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26946 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26948 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26949 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26950 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26951 if it matches the first line of the file,
26952 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26954 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26956 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26957 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26958 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26959 if the variable is non-nil.")
26961 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26963 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26964 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26966 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26968 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26969 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26970 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26971 See the documentation of that variable.")
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26975 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26976 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26977 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26978 See the documentation of that variable.")
26980 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26982 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26983 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26984 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26985 See the documentation of that variable.")
26987 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26989 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26990 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26991 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26992 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26993 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26997 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26998 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26999 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27000 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27002 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27004 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27005 User defined LaTeX block names.
27006 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27008 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27010 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27011 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27012 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27013 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27017 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27018 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27019 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27020 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27022 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27024 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27025 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27026 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27027 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27029 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27030 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27033 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27034 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27036 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27039 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27041 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27042 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27043 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27044 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27045 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27047 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27049 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27051 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27052 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27053 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27055 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27057 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27058 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27059 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27060 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27061 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27063 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27065 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27066 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27068 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27070 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27071 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27073 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27075 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27076 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27077 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27078 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27079 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27080 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27081 says which mode to use.
27085 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27087 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27089 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27091 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27092 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27093 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27094 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27095 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27097 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27098 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27099 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27100 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27101 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27102 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27103 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27105 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27106 mismatched $'s or braces.
27109 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27113 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27115 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27116 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27117 tex-dvi-print-command
27118 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27119 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27120 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27121 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27122 tex-dvi-view-command
27123 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27124 tex-show-queue-command
27125 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27126 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27128 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27129 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27130 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27134 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27135 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27136 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27137 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27138 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27140 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27141 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27142 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27143 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27144 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27145 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27146 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27148 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27149 mismatched $'s or braces.
27156 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27158 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27159 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27160 tex-dvi-print-command
27161 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27162 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27163 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27164 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27165 tex-dvi-view-command
27166 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27167 tex-show-queue-command
27168 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27169 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27171 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27172 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27173 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27177 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27178 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27179 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27180 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27181 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27183 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27184 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27185 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27186 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27187 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27188 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27189 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27191 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27192 mismatched $'s or braces.
27195 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27199 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27201 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27202 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27203 tex-dvi-print-command
27204 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27205 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27206 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27207 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27208 tex-dvi-view-command
27209 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27210 tex-show-queue-command
27211 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27212 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27214 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27215 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27216 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27217 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27221 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27226 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27227 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27233 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27234 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
27235 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27237 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27238 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27239 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27240 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27242 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27243 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27244 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27246 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27249 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27250 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27251 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27252 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27254 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27256 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27257 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27258 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27259 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27261 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27262 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27263 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27264 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27266 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27267 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27269 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27273 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27274 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
27275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27277 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27278 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27280 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27282 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27283 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27285 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27287 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27288 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27290 It has these extra commands:
27291 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27293 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27294 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27295 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27296 modified version of TeX input format.
27298 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27299 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27300 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27301 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27303 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27304 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27305 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27306 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27307 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27308 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27309 in the Texinfo file.
27311 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27312 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27313 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27314 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27315 move forward past the closing brace.
27317 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27318 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27320 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27321 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27322 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27324 Here are the functions:
27326 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27327 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27328 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27330 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27331 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27332 texinfo-master-menu
27334 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27336 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27337 which menu descriptions are indented.
27339 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27340 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27343 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27344 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27345 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27346 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27348 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27349 be the first node in the file.
27351 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27352 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27358 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27359 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27360 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
27361 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27363 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27364 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27365 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27366 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27368 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27370 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27371 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27373 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27375 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27376 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27380 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27383 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27387 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27388 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27389 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
27390 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27392 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27393 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27394 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27395 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27396 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27397 `line', and `page'.
27399 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27401 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27402 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27403 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27404 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27405 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27406 `line', and `page'.
27408 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27411 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27412 positions of the thing found.
27414 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27416 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27417 Return the THING at point.
27418 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27419 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27420 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27421 `line', `number', and `page'.
27423 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27424 a symbol as a valid THING.
27426 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27428 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27429 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27433 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27434 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27438 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27439 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27443 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27444 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27450 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27451 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27452 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
27453 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27455 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27456 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27460 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27461 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27462 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27463 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27465 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27467 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27468 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27472 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27473 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27477 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27479 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27480 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27486 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27487 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27488 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27489 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27490 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20627
27491 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
27492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27494 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27495 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27496 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27500 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27501 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27503 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27505 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27506 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27507 The returned string has no composition information.
27509 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27511 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27512 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27514 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27516 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27517 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27519 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27521 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27522 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27523 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27524 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27526 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27528 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27529 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27530 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27531 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27533 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27535 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27536 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27537 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27541 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27542 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27543 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27547 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27550 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27552 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27555 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27557 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27560 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27564 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27565 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
27566 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27568 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27569 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27570 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27571 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27573 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27575 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27577 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27578 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27579 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27580 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27582 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27588 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27589 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27590 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
27591 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27593 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27594 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27596 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27597 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27599 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27600 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27601 This display updates automatically every minute.
27602 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27603 are displayed as well.
27604 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27608 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27609 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27610 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27612 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27613 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27615 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27617 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27618 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27620 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27621 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27623 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27624 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27625 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27626 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27627 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27631 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27632 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27633 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27634 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27638 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27639 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27640 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27641 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27643 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27645 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27646 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27652 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27653 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27654 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27655 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27656 ;;;;;; (20650 61387 498451 0))
27657 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27659 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27660 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27661 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27663 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27664 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27665 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27666 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27668 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27669 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27670 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27672 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27673 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27675 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27677 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27678 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27680 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27682 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27683 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27685 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27687 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27688 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27689 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27691 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27693 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27695 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27696 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27697 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27699 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27701 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27702 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27704 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27706 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27707 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27708 DATE should be a date-time string.
27710 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27712 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27713 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27714 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27716 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27718 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27719 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27721 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27723 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27724 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27726 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27728 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27729 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27730 TIME should be a time value.
27731 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27733 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27735 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27736 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27737 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27739 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27741 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27742 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27743 The valid format specifiers are:
27744 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27745 %d is the number of days.
27746 %h is the number of hours.
27747 %m is the number of minutes.
27748 %s is the number of seconds.
27749 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27750 %% is a literal \"%\".
27752 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27753 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27755 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27756 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27757 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27759 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27760 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27761 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27763 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27765 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27769 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27770 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
27771 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27772 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27773 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27774 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27775 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27776 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27777 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27778 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27779 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27781 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27782 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27783 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27784 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27785 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27786 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27787 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27788 look like one of the following:
27791 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27792 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27793 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27794 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27795 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27796 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27797 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27802 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27803 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27804 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27810 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27811 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27812 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27813 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27814 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
27815 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27818 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27819 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27820 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27821 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27822 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27823 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27824 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27825 display (non-nil means on).
27827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27829 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27830 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27831 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27832 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27833 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27834 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27835 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27836 this function is called within a day.
27838 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27839 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27840 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27841 discover the name of the project.
27843 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27845 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27846 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27847 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27848 begun during the last time segment.
27850 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27851 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27852 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27853 discover the reason.
27855 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27857 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27858 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27859 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27860 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27861 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27863 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27865 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27866 Change to working on a different project.
27867 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27868 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27869 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27872 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27874 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27875 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27876 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27880 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27881 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27882 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27886 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27887 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27888 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27889 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27890 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27891 \"relative to today\".
27893 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27895 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27896 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27897 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27898 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27900 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27902 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27903 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27904 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27905 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27906 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27907 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27909 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27913 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27914 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
27915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27917 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27918 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27919 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27920 the generated Quail package is saved.
27922 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27924 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27925 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27926 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27927 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27928 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27929 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27930 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27932 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27936 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27937 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
27938 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27939 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27940 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27942 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27943 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27944 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27945 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27946 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27948 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27950 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27951 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27952 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27953 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27954 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27956 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27958 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27959 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27960 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27961 in the menu in two ways:
27962 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27963 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27964 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27966 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27967 keymap or an alist of alists.
27968 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27969 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27971 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27975 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27976 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27977 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
27978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27980 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27981 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27983 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27985 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27986 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27988 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27990 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27991 Insert new TODO list entry.
27992 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27997 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27998 List top priorities for each category.
28000 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28001 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28003 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28004 between each category.
28005 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28007 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28009 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28010 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28011 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28012 between each category.
28014 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28016 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28018 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28019 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28023 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28024 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28028 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28035 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28036 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28037 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
28038 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28040 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28041 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28042 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28046 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28047 Add an item to the tool bar.
28048 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28049 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28050 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28051 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28053 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28054 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28055 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28056 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28058 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28059 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28061 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28063 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28064 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28065 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28066 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28067 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28068 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28070 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28071 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28072 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28073 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28075 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28077 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28078 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28079 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28080 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28081 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28082 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28083 properties to add to the binding.
28085 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28087 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28088 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28090 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28092 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28093 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28094 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28095 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28096 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28097 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28098 properties to add to the binding.
28100 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28103 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28107 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28108 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
28109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28111 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28112 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28113 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28114 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28115 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28116 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28118 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28120 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28121 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28123 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28124 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28128 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28130 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28131 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28137 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28138 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
28139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28141 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28142 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28144 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28145 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28146 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28147 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28148 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28150 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28151 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28152 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28153 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28154 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28156 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28161 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28162 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28163 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28164 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28165 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28166 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28172 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20533 49334
28174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28176 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28177 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28178 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28179 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28180 to a tcp server on another machine.
28182 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28186 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28187 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
28188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28190 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28191 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28193 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28195 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28196 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28197 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28198 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28199 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28200 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28201 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28202 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28204 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28206 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28207 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28208 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28209 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28210 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28211 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28212 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28213 the window or buffer configuration.
28215 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28217 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28221 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28222 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28223 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28224 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20650 61387 498451 0))
28225 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28227 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28228 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28229 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28231 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28233 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28234 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28236 It can have the following values:
28238 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28239 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28240 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28242 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28244 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28245 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28246 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28247 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28249 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28251 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28252 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28253 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28254 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28256 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28257 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28258 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28260 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28261 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28262 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28263 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28264 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28265 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28266 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28267 files which are not really Tramp files.
28269 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28270 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28271 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28272 updated after changing this variable.
28274 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28276 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28277 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28278 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28279 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28281 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28283 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28284 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28285 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28286 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28288 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28289 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28290 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28292 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28293 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28294 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28296 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28297 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28298 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28299 updated after changing this variable.
28301 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28303 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28304 Alist of completion handler functions.
28305 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28306 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28307 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28309 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28310 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28311 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28312 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28314 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28315 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28316 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28317 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28319 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28320 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28321 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28323 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28325 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28326 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28327 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28329 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28330 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28332 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28334 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28339 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28340 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28342 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28344 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28345 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28347 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28349 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28350 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28356 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28357 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
28358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28360 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28367 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20627
28368 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
28369 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28371 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28372 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28373 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28374 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28375 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28376 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28377 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28378 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28380 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28381 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28382 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28384 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28385 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28388 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28392 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28393 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
28394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28396 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28399 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28403 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28404 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28406 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28407 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28408 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28410 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28411 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28412 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28413 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28414 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28415 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28416 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28418 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28420 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28421 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28422 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28423 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28425 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28429 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28430 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28431 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28432 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28433 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28434 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28435 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28437 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28438 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28440 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28443 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28445 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28451 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28452 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28453 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
28454 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28456 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28457 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28458 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28461 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28463 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28465 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28466 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28467 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28469 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28470 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28471 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28472 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28473 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28474 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28475 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28477 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28478 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28480 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28481 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28482 reset the keystroke counter.
28484 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28485 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28486 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28487 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28489 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28490 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28491 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28492 `type-break-schedule' command.
28494 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28495 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28496 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28497 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28498 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28499 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28500 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28501 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28502 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28504 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28505 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28506 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28507 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28508 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28510 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28511 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28512 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28513 approximate good values for this.
28515 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28516 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28518 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28519 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28520 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28521 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28522 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28523 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28525 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28526 a typing break occur. They include:
28528 `type-break-query-mode'
28529 `type-break-query-function'
28530 `type-break-query-interval'
28532 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28534 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28535 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28536 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28541 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28542 Take a typing break.
28544 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28545 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28547 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28548 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28552 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28553 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28554 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28555 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28559 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28560 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28562 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28563 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28564 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28565 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28566 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28567 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28568 average typing speed.)
28570 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28571 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28572 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28573 the computed maximum threshold.
28575 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28576 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28577 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28578 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28579 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28581 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28585 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20627 5636
28587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28589 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28590 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28591 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28592 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28593 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28595 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28599 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28600 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28601 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28602 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28603 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28604 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
28605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28607 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28608 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28610 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28612 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28613 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28615 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28617 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28618 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28620 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28622 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28623 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28625 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28627 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28628 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28630 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28632 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28633 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28635 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28637 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28638 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28640 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28642 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28643 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28645 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28648 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28650 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28652 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28653 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28655 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28657 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28658 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28660 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28662 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28663 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28665 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28669 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28670 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28673 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28674 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28675 Works by overstriking underscores.
28676 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28677 which specify the range to operate on.
28679 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28681 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28682 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28683 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28684 which specify the range to operate on.
28686 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28690 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28691 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28694 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28695 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28696 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28697 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28698 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28699 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28703 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28704 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28706 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28710 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20533
28711 ;;;;;; 49334 755743 0))
28712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28714 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28715 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28716 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28717 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28719 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28723 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28724 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28727 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28728 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28729 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28730 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28731 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28733 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28734 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28735 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28736 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28737 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28738 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28740 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28741 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28742 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28744 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28745 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28746 the callback is not called).
28748 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28749 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28750 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28753 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28754 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28756 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28757 URL-encoded before it's used.
28759 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28761 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28762 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28763 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28764 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28765 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28771 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28772 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28775 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28776 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28777 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28779 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28780 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28781 `url-generic-parse-url'
28782 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28783 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28784 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28786 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28787 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28788 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28789 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28790 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28791 what type of auth to use
28792 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28793 if one cannot be found in the cache
28795 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28797 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28798 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28800 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28801 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28802 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28803 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28804 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28805 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28806 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28807 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28809 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28813 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28814 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
28815 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28817 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28818 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28820 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28822 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28823 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28824 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28826 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28829 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28831 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28835 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20533 49334
28837 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28839 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28842 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28846 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28847 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28850 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28851 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28852 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28854 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28856 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28857 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28858 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28859 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28861 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28862 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28863 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28866 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28868 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28869 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28870 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28872 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28874 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28877 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20627
28882 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
28883 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28885 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28886 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28888 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28892 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28893 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28896 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28897 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28901 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28902 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28903 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28904 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28905 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28907 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28911 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28912 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28913 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
28914 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28916 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28917 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28918 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28920 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28921 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28923 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28925 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28926 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28927 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28928 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28929 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28933 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28934 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28935 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28936 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28938 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28940 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28941 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28942 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28943 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28944 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28945 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28946 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28947 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28948 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28949 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28951 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28953 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28954 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28955 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28958 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28960 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28963 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20627 5636 279161
28969 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28970 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28972 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28973 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28974 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28975 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28976 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28980 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20533 49334
28982 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28984 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28987 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28991 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20627
28992 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
28993 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28995 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28996 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28997 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28998 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28999 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29001 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29005 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29006 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
29007 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29009 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29012 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29014 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29015 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29017 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29021 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29022 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20627 5636 279161
29024 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29026 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29027 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29031 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29032 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29039 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29041 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29043 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29045 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29047 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29048 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29050 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29054 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29055 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
29056 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29058 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29061 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29066 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29070 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29071 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29072 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
29073 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29075 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29078 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29080 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29083 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29085 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29088 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29090 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29093 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29095 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29098 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29100 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29103 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29108 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29112 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29113 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20647 13100 550277 185000))
29114 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29116 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29117 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29119 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29122 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29123 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29125 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29126 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29127 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29128 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29129 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29130 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29131 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29132 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29133 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29134 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29135 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29136 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29137 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29138 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29140 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29141 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29142 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29144 Here is an example. The URL
29146 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29152 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29153 HOST = \"example.com\"
29155 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29160 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29164 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29165 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29166 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29168 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29169 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29175 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29176 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29179 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29180 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29181 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29182 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29183 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29184 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29186 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29190 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29191 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29192 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29193 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29194 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29195 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29196 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20627
29197 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
29198 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29200 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29201 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29202 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29204 If t, all messages will be logged.
29205 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29206 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29208 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29210 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29213 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29215 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29218 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29220 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29221 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29222 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29223 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29224 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29230 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29232 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29233 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29234 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29236 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29238 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29239 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29240 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29242 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29245 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29247 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29249 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29250 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29254 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29255 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29259 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29264 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29267 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29269 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29272 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29274 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29276 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29277 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29279 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29281 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29282 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29284 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29286 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29289 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29291 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29292 Build a query-string.
29294 Given a QUERY in the form:
29301 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29303 This will return a string
29304 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29305 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29308 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29310 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29311 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29313 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29315 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29316 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29317 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29318 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29319 forbidden in URL encoding.
29321 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29323 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29324 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29325 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29326 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29327 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29328 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29330 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29331 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29332 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29333 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29335 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29337 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29338 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29339 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29340 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29341 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29342 should return it unchanged.
29344 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29346 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29347 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29348 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29349 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29351 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29353 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29354 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29355 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29357 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29359 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29360 View the current document's URL.
29361 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29364 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29366 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29370 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29371 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
29372 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29374 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29375 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29376 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29377 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29378 to refrain from editing the file
29379 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29380 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29381 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29382 in any way you like.
29384 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29386 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29387 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29388 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29389 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29390 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29392 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29393 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29399 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29400 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29401 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
29402 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29404 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29407 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29409 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29412 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29414 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29417 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29419 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29422 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29426 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20533 49334
29428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29430 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29431 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29433 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29437 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29438 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29439 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29440 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29442 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29443 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29444 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29445 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29447 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29449 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29450 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29451 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29453 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29455 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29456 Uudecode region between START and END.
29457 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29459 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29463 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29464 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29465 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29466 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29467 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29468 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29469 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20627
29470 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
29471 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29473 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29474 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29477 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29479 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29480 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29481 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29483 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29485 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29486 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29489 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29491 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29492 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29493 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29494 same state. If not, signal an error.
29496 For merging-based version control systems:
29497 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29498 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29499 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29500 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29501 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29502 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29504 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29505 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29506 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29507 the file(s) for editing.
29508 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29509 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29510 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29511 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29512 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29513 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29515 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29517 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29518 Register into a version control system.
29519 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29520 Otherwise register the current file.
29521 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29522 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29524 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29525 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29526 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29527 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29528 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29529 first backend that could register the file is used.
29531 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29533 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29534 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29536 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29538 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29539 Display diffs between file revisions.
29540 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29541 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29542 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29544 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29547 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29549 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29550 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29551 repository history using ediff.
29553 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29555 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29556 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29557 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29558 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29559 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29561 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29564 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29566 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29567 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29568 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29569 fileset with the working revision.
29570 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29571 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29573 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29576 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29578 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29579 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29580 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29581 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29585 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29586 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29587 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29588 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29592 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29593 Perform a version control merge operation.
29594 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29595 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29596 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29597 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29599 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29600 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29601 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29602 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29603 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29604 changes from the current branch.
29608 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29610 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29611 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29612 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29613 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29614 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29615 checked out in that new branch.
29617 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29619 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29620 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29621 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29622 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29623 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29624 allowed and simply skipped).
29626 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29628 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29629 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29630 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29631 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29632 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29634 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29635 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29637 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29639 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29640 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29641 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29642 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29643 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29645 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29647 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29648 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29649 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29651 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29653 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29654 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29655 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29657 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29659 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29660 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29661 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29662 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29666 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29667 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29668 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29669 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29673 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29675 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29676 Update the current fileset or branch.
29677 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29678 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29679 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29680 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29682 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29683 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29684 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29685 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29686 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29690 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29692 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29693 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29694 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29695 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29696 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29697 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29698 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29700 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29702 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29703 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29704 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29705 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29706 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29707 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29708 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29709 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29710 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29712 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29714 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29715 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29719 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29720 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29722 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29724 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29725 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29726 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29729 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29731 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29732 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29733 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29735 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29736 log entries should be gathered.
29738 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29740 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29741 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29743 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29747 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29748 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29751 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29752 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29754 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29755 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29756 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29757 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29758 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29759 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29761 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29762 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29763 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29764 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29765 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29766 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29767 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29768 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29770 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29772 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29774 Customization variables:
29776 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29777 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29778 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29779 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29781 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20627 5636 279161
29787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29788 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29789 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29792 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20627 5636 279161
29798 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29800 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29801 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29803 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29804 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29805 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29806 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29809 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20627 5636 279161
29815 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29816 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29817 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29818 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29819 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29821 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29825 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20627 5636 279161
29827 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29829 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29830 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29831 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29832 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29833 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29835 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29836 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29837 The file lines appear later.
29839 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29840 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29842 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29844 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29846 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29850 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29851 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29852 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29854 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29855 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29856 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29857 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29858 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29859 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29860 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29861 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29862 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29863 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29864 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29865 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29866 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29867 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29868 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29870 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20627 5636 279161
29876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29877 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29878 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29879 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29882 (vc-git-registered file))))
29886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
29887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29888 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29889 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29890 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29893 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20627 5636 279161
29899 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29901 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29902 Name of the monotone directory.")
29904 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29905 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29906 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29907 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29910 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29914 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29915 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29918 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29919 Where to look for RCS master files.
29920 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29922 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29924 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29928 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29929 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29932 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29933 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29934 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29936 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29938 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29940 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29941 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29942 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29943 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20647 14050 82317
29949 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29950 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29951 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29952 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29955 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29957 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29961 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29962 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
29963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29964 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29966 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29967 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29972 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29973 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29974 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29975 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29977 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29978 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29979 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29982 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29983 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29985 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29986 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29988 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29989 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29990 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29992 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29998 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29999 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30001 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30003 Official distribution is at
30004 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30007 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30008 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30019 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30020 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
30021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30023 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30024 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30025 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30026 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30027 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30029 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30031 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30032 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30034 Supports highlighting.
30036 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30037 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30039 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30041 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30042 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30043 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30044 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30045 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30046 on the left side of your screen.
30047 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30048 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30049 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30050 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30051 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30052 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30054 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30055 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30056 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30057 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30060 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30061 Indentation for case statements.
30062 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30063 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30065 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30066 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30067 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30068 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30069 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30070 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30071 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30072 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30073 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30075 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30079 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30080 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30081 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30082 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30083 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30084 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30085 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30086 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30087 comments in tight quarters.
30088 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30089 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30091 Variables controlling other actions:
30093 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30094 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30095 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30097 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30099 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30101 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30102 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30103 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30105 Some other functions are:
30107 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30108 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30109 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30110 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30111 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30113 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30114 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30115 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30116 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30118 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30119 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30120 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30121 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30122 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30123 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30124 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30125 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30126 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30127 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30128 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30129 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30130 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30131 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30132 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30133 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30134 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30135 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30136 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30137 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30138 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30139 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30140 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30141 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30142 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30143 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30144 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30145 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30146 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30147 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30149 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30150 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30152 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30158 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30159 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
30160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30162 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30163 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30168 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30169 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30170 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30171 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30172 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30173 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30174 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30175 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30176 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30178 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30179 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30180 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30181 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30183 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30184 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30185 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30186 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30187 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30189 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30190 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30194 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30195 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30196 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30200 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30201 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30202 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30203 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30205 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30206 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30207 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30208 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30209 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30213 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30214 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30215 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30216 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30218 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30219 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30220 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30221 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30222 beginning with \"std\").
30224 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30225 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30226 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30231 `--' puts a single comment.
30232 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30233 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30234 with a comment in between.
30235 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30236 out following lines.
30237 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30238 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30239 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30240 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30242 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30243 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30244 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30245 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30246 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30249 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30250 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30251 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30252 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30253 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30254 multi-line comments.
30258 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30259 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30260 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30261 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30264 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30265 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30266 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30267 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30269 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30270 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30273 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30274 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30276 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30277 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30282 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30283 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30284 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30285 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30286 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30287 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30288 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30289 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30291 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30292 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30293 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30294 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30295 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30298 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30299 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30300 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30302 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30303 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30307 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30308 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30309 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30310 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30311 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30312 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30315 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30316 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30317 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30318 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30321 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30325 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30326 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30327 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30328 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30329 internal signal initializations (menu).
30331 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30332 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30333 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30335 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30336 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30337 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30338 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30339 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30340 in subsequent paste operations.)
30342 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30343 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30344 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30347 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30348 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30349 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30350 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30351 association list with formals).
30354 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30355 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30356 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30357 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30358 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30359 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30360 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30361 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30366 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30370 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30374 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30375 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30376 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30378 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30379 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30382 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30383 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30384 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30385 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30387 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30388 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30389 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30391 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30392 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30393 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30394 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30396 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30397 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30398 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30399 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30400 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30402 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30403 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30404 required by secondary units.
30407 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30408 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30409 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30410 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30411 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30412 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30413 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30414 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30415 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30416 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30417 inputs to this component -> input port created
30418 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30419 outputs from this component -> output port created
30420 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30421 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30423 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30424 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30425 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30426 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30427 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30429 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30430 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30432 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30433 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30434 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30435 component instantiation is also supported (option
30436 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30438 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30439 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30440 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30441 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30442 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30443 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30444 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30445 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30446 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30447 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30448 generating the configuration.
30450 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30451 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30452 configurations in speedbar.
30454 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30457 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30458 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30459 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30460 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30461 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30462 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30463 information. New compilers can be added.
30465 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30466 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30469 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30470 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30471 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30472 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30473 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30475 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30478 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30479 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30480 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30482 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30483 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30484 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30485 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30486 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30487 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30488 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30489 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30490 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30493 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30494 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30495 not (yet) supported.
30496 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30497 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30498 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30502 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30503 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30504 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30505 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30506 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30507 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30508 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30509 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30511 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30512 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30513 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30514 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30515 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30516 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30517 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30518 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30519 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30520 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30521 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30525 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30526 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30527 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30528 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30529 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30530 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30531 current directory for VHDL source files.
30535 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30536 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30540 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30541 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30542 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30543 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30544 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30545 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30546 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30547 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30550 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30551 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30552 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30553 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30554 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30555 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30556 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30558 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30559 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30560 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30561 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30562 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30563 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30565 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30566 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30567 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30568 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30569 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30572 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30573 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30574 highlighted if written in lower case.
30576 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30577 highlighted using a different background color if option
30578 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30580 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30581 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30582 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30583 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30584 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30588 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30589 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30590 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30594 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30595 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30596 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30597 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30598 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30602 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30603 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30605 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30606 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30607 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30608 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30609 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30610 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30611 (used to obtain the port names).
30612 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30613 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30618 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30619 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30623 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30624 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30625 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30626 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30627 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30628 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30629 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30634 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30635 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30636 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30637 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30638 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30640 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30641 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30642 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30643 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30644 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30647 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30648 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30652 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30653 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30654 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30656 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30660 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30661 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30663 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30665 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30667 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30671 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30677 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30678 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30680 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30682 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30683 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30684 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30685 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30687 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30688 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30689 where the latest version can be found.
30695 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30696 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30697 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30698 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30701 The VHDL Mode Authors
30702 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30713 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20627 5636 279161
30715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30717 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30718 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30719 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30720 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30722 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30723 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30724 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30725 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30726 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30728 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30729 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30731 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30733 * Limitations and unsupported features
30734 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30736 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30737 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30740 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30741 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30742 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30743 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30744 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30745 for undoing a repeated change command.
30746 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30747 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30748 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30751 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30752 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30753 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30754 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30755 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30756 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30757 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30758 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30760 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30766 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30767 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30768 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30769 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
30770 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30772 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30773 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30775 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30777 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30778 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30779 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30780 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30782 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30784 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30785 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30789 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30790 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30791 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30792 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30794 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30796 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30797 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30801 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30804 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30806 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30809 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30813 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30814 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30815 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30816 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30817 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
30818 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30820 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30821 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30822 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30824 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30826 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30827 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30828 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30829 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30831 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30833 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30834 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30836 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30838 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30839 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30840 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30841 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30842 moving around in the buffer.
30843 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30844 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30846 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30850 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30851 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30852 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30853 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30855 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30856 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30857 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30858 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30859 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30861 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30865 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30866 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30867 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30868 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30871 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30872 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30873 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30874 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30875 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30877 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30881 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30882 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30883 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30884 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30885 moving around in the buffer.
30886 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30887 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30889 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30891 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30892 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30893 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30895 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30896 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30897 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30898 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30900 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30901 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30902 own View-like bindings.
30904 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30906 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30907 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30908 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30909 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30910 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30911 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30912 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30914 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30916 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30918 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30919 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30920 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30922 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30923 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30924 own View-like bindings.
30926 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30928 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30929 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30930 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30931 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30932 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30933 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30934 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30936 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30938 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30940 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30941 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30942 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30944 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30945 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30946 own View-like bindings.
30948 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30950 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30951 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30953 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30954 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30956 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30957 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30958 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30959 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30963 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30964 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30965 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30966 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30967 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30968 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30969 to a repeat count of one.
30971 H, h, ? This message.
30972 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30973 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30974 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30975 > move to the end of buffer.
30976 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30977 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30978 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30979 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30980 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30981 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30982 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30983 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30984 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30985 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30986 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30987 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30988 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30989 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30990 Use this to view a changing file.
30991 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30992 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30993 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30995 x exchanges point and mark.
30996 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30997 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30998 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30999 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31000 ' go to position saved in character register.
31001 s do forward incremental search.
31002 r do reverse incremental search.
31003 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31004 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31005 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31006 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31007 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31008 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31009 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31010 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31011 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31012 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31013 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31014 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31015 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31016 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31017 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31018 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31019 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31021 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31022 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31023 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31024 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31025 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31026 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31027 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31028 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31029 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31031 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31035 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31036 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31037 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31038 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31039 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31040 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31041 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31042 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31043 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31045 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31047 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31049 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31050 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31051 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31052 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31053 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31054 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31056 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31057 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31058 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31060 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31062 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31064 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31066 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31067 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31073 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20627
31074 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
31075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31077 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31078 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31082 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31083 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31089 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31090 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
31091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31093 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31094 Toggle Viper on/off.
31095 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31099 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31100 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31106 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31107 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
31108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31110 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31111 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31112 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31113 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31114 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31115 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31116 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31117 the beginning of the warning.")
31119 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31120 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31121 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31122 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31123 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31124 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31125 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31126 also call that function before the next warning.")
31128 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31129 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31131 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31132 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31133 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31134 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31136 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31137 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31138 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31139 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31140 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31141 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31143 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31144 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31145 Default is :warning.
31147 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31148 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31149 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31150 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31151 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31152 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31154 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31155 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31156 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31158 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31160 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31161 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31163 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31165 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31166 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31167 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31168 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31170 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31171 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31172 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31173 can be whatever you like.)
31175 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31176 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31178 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31179 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31180 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31181 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31182 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31184 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31186 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31187 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31188 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31189 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31190 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31192 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31196 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31197 ;;;;;; (20655 11282 285929 0))
31198 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31200 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31201 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31202 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31203 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31204 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31205 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31206 directories to reflect your edits.
31214 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20627 5636
31216 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31218 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31219 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31221 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31224 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31231 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31232 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
31233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31234 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31235 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31237 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31239 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31240 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31241 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31243 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31244 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31246 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31248 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31249 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31251 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31254 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31255 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31256 in certain major modes.
31258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31262 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31263 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31264 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31265 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20627 5636
31267 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31269 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31270 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31275 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31276 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31280 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31281 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31282 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31283 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31284 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31286 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31287 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31288 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31289 use `whitespace-mode'.
31291 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31295 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31296 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31297 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31300 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31302 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31304 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31305 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31306 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31307 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31308 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31310 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31311 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31315 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31316 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31317 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31318 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31319 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31320 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31322 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31324 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31325 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31326 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31327 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31328 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31330 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31331 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31332 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31333 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31335 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31339 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31340 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31342 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31343 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31345 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31346 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31348 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31352 f toggle face visualization
31353 t toggle TAB visualization
31354 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31355 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31356 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31357 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31358 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31359 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31360 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31361 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31362 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31363 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31364 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31365 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31366 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31367 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31368 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31370 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31371 T toggle TAB visualization
31372 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31373 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31375 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31376 ? display brief help
31378 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31379 The valid symbols are:
31381 face toggle face visualization
31382 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31383 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31384 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31385 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31386 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31387 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31388 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31389 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31390 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31391 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31392 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31393 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31394 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31395 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31396 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31397 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31399 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31400 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31401 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31403 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31405 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31409 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31410 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31412 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31413 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31415 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31416 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31418 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31422 f toggle face visualization
31423 t toggle TAB visualization
31424 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31425 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31426 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31427 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31428 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31429 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31430 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31431 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31432 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31433 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31434 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31435 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31436 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31437 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31438 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31440 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31441 T toggle TAB visualization
31442 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31443 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31445 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31446 ? display brief help
31448 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31449 The valid symbols are:
31451 face toggle face visualization
31452 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31453 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31454 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31455 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31456 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31457 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31458 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31459 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31460 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31461 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31462 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31463 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31464 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31465 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31466 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31467 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31469 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31470 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31471 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31473 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31475 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31479 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31480 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31482 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31483 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31484 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31485 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31486 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31488 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31490 The problems cleaned up are:
31492 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31493 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31494 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31495 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31497 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31498 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31499 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31500 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31502 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31503 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31504 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31505 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31507 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31508 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31509 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31510 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31511 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31512 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31513 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31514 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31516 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31517 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31518 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31520 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31521 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31522 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31523 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31524 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31525 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31527 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31529 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31534 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31535 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31537 The problems cleaned up are:
31539 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31540 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31541 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31542 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31544 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31545 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31546 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31547 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31549 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31550 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31551 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31552 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31553 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31554 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31555 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31556 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31558 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31559 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31560 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31562 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31563 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31564 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31565 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31566 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31567 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31568 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31569 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31571 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31574 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31576 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31577 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31579 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31582 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31583 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31584 `whitespace-style' to have:
31592 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31593 whitespace problems in buffer.
31595 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31597 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31598 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31599 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31600 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31601 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31602 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31603 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31605 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31606 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31607 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31608 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31609 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31610 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31611 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31613 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31614 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31615 cleaning up these problems.
31617 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31619 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31620 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31622 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31625 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31626 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31627 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31635 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31636 whitespace problems in buffer.
31638 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31640 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31641 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31642 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31643 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31644 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31645 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31646 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31648 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31649 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31650 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31651 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31652 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31653 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31654 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31656 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31657 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31658 cleaning up these problems.
31660 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31664 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31665 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20627 5636
31667 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31669 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31670 Browse the widget under point.
31674 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31675 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31677 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31679 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31680 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31682 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31684 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31685 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31687 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31688 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31694 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31695 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20627
31696 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
31697 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31699 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31700 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31702 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31704 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31705 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31706 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31708 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31710 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31711 Create widget of TYPE.
31712 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31714 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31716 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31719 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31721 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31722 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31724 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31726 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31727 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31728 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31729 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31731 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31732 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31738 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31739 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20627
31740 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
31741 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31743 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31744 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31745 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31746 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31747 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31748 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31749 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31753 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31754 Select the window above the current one.
31755 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31756 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31757 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31758 negative ARG) of the current window.
31759 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31763 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31764 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31765 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31766 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31767 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31768 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31769 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31773 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31774 Select the window below the current one.
31775 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31776 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31777 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31778 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31779 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31783 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31784 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31785 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31786 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31788 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31792 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20627 5636
31794 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31796 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31797 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31798 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31801 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31803 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31805 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31806 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31807 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31808 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31809 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31810 \\{winner-mode-map}
31812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31816 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31817 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20647 7990 336071
31819 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31821 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31822 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31823 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31824 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31825 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31827 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31829 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31830 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31831 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31832 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31833 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31834 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31835 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31836 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31838 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31839 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31841 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31843 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31844 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31848 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31849 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31850 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31851 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31852 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31853 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31854 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31855 `woman' command for further details.
31857 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31859 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31860 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31862 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31866 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31867 ;;;;;; (20533 49334 755743 0))
31868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31870 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31871 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31874 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31875 are not implemented
31876 - Options for search and replace
31877 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31878 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31880 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31883 The key bindings are:
31893 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31895 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31896 C-l ws-repeat-search
31899 C-r scroll-down-line
31906 C-y kill-complete-line
31909 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31910 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31911 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31912 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31913 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31914 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31915 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31916 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31917 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31918 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31919 C-k b ws-begin-block
31920 C-k c ws-copy-block
31921 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31923 C-k h ws-show-markers
31924 C-k i ws-indent-block
31926 C-k p ws-print-block
31929 C-k s save-some-buffers
31931 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31932 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31933 C-k v ws-move-block
31934 C-k w ws-write-block
31936 C-k y ws-delete-block
31938 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31939 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31940 C-o j justify-current-line
31943 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31944 C-o r set-fill-column
31945 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31946 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31947 C-o wh split-window-right
31948 C-o wo other-window
31949 C-o wv split-window-below
31951 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31952 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31953 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31954 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31955 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31956 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31957 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31958 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31959 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31960 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31961 C-q a ws-query-replace
31962 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31963 C-q c end-of-buffer
31966 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31968 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31969 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31970 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31971 C-q w ws-last-error
31973 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31979 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20627 5636
31981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31983 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31984 Perform an interactive search.
31985 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31986 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31987 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31988 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31990 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31993 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31995 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31999 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32000 ;;;;;; (20627 5636 279161 0))
32001 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32003 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32004 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32005 Return the top node with all its children.
32006 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32008 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32009 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32010 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32012 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32014 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32015 namespace to URIs instead.
32017 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32018 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32020 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32022 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32024 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32026 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32027 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32028 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32029 not contain well-formed XML.
32031 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32032 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32033 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32034 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32035 element of the list.
32036 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32037 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32038 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32040 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32042 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32043 namespace to URIs instead.
32045 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32046 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32048 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32050 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32052 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32056 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32057 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
32058 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32060 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32061 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32062 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32063 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32064 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32065 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32066 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32067 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32068 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32069 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32071 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32075 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20627
32076 ;;;;;; 5636 279161 0))
32077 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32079 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32080 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32081 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32084 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32086 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32088 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32089 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32091 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32092 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32094 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32095 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32096 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32097 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32098 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32099 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32105 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32106 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20533 49334 755743 0))
32107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32109 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32110 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32112 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32114 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32115 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32121 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32122 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20627 5636 279161 0))
32123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32125 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32126 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32128 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32130 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32131 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32133 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32135 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32136 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32137 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32139 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32141 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32142 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32148 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20627 5636 279161
32150 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32152 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32153 Zone out, completely.
32159 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20656 58993 363290
32372 (provide 'loaddefs)
32373 ;; Local Variables:
32374 ;; version-control: never
32375 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32376 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32379 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here